Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Form 10-K
 
     
(Mark One)    
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13(a) OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.
    For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007
OR
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13(a) OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.
    For the transition period from          to          
Commission file number:  001-33757
 
 
 
 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
     
Delaware
  33-0861263
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     
27101 Puerta Real, Suite 450,
Mission Viejo, CA
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
  92691
(Zip Code)
 
Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code:
(949) 487-9500
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
 
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share
  NASDAQ Global Select Market
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.   o  Yes      þ  No
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.   o  Yes      þ  No
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   þ  Yes      o  No
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   þ
 
Indicated by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer   o      Accelerated filer   o      Non-accelerated filer   þ      Smaller reporting company   o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).   o Yes      þ No
 
Our common stock began trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on November 8, 2007. The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on November 8, 2007 was approximately $118,331,200 based on the initial public offering price of the registrant’s common stock on November 8, 2007, of $16.00 per share. Shares of common stock held by executive officers, directors and holders of more than 5% of the outstanding common stock have been excluded from this calculation because such persons or institutions may be deemed affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not a conclusive determination for other purposes.
 
On February 29, 2008, The Ensign Group, Inc. had 20,519,680 shares of Common Stock outstanding.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
 
Part III of this Form 10-K incorporates information by reference from the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the Registrant’s 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed within 120 days after the close of the fiscal year covered by this annual report.
 


 

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
INDEX TO ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2007
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
             
  Business     1  
  Risk Factors     15  
  Unresolved Staff Comments     46  
  Properties     46  
  Legal Proceedings     47  
  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     48  
 
  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     48  
  Selected Financial Data     52  
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     55  
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     78  
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     79  
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     79  
  Controls and Procedures     79  
  Other Information     79  
 
  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance     80  
  Executive Compensation     80  
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     80  
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence     80  
  Principal Accounting Fees and Services     80  
 
  Exhibits, Financial Statements and Schedules     80  
    81  
  EXHIBIT 10.4
  EXHIBIT 10.52
  EXHIBIT 23.1
  EXHIBIT 31.1
  EXHIBIT 31.2
  EXHIBIT 32.1
  EXHIBIT 32.2


i


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements relate to future events or our future financial performance. We generally identify forward looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar words. These statements are only predictions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Accordingly, you should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We cannot assure you that the events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms “Ensign,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to refer to The Ensign Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
 
The Ensign Group, Inc. is a holding company. All of our facilities are operated by separate, wholly-owned, independent subsidiaries that have their own management, employees and assets. The use of “we,” “us” and “our” throughout this annual report is not meant to imply that our facilities are operated by the same entity. In addition, one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, which we call our Service Center, provides centralized accounting, payroll, human resources, information technology, legal, risk management and other centralized services to each operating subsidiary through contractual relationships between the Service Center and such subsidiaries. We were incorporated in 1999 in Delaware. Our corporate address is 27101 Puerta Real, Suite 450, Mission Viejo, CA 92691, and our telephone number is (949) 487-9500. Our corporate website is located at www.ensigngroup.net. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of this annual report.
 
Ensign tm is our United States trademark. All other trademarks and trade names appearing in this annual report are the property of their respective owners.
 
PART I.
 
Item 1.    Business
 
Overview
 
We are a provider of skilled nursing and rehabilitative care services through the operation of facilities located in California, Arizona, Texas, Washington, Utah and Idaho. As of December 31, 2007, we owned or leased 61 facilities. All of our facilities are skilled nursing facilities, other than three stand-alone assisted living facilities in Arizona and Texas and four campuses that offer both skilled nursing and assisted living services in California, Arizona and Utah. Our facilities, each of which strives to be the facility of choice in the community it serves, provide a broad spectrum of skilled nursing, physical, occupational and speech therapies, and other rehabilitative and healthcare services and, in certain facilities, assisted living services, for both long-term residents and short-stay rehabilitation patients. Our facilities have a collective capacity of over 7,400 skilled nursing, assisted living and independent living beds. As of December 31, 2007 we owned 26 of our facilities and operated an additional 35 facilities under long-term lease arrangements, and had purchase agreements or options to purchase 10 of those 35 facilities. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 our skilled nursing services, including our integrated rehabilitative therapy services, generated approximately 97% of our revenue.


1


Table of Contents

Our organizational structure is centered upon local leadership. We believe our organizational structure, which empowers leaders and staff at the facility level, is unique within the skilled nursing industry. Each of our facilities is led by highly dedicated individuals who are responsible for key operational decisions at their facilities. Facility leaders and staff are trained and incentivized to pursue superior clinical outcomes, operating efficiencies and financial performance at their facilities. In addition, our facility leaders are enabled and incentivized to share real-time operating data and otherwise benchmark clinical and operational performance against their peers in other facilities in order to improve clinical care, maximize patient satisfaction and augment operational efficiencies, promoting the sharing of best practices.
 
We view skilled nursing primarily as a local business, influenced by personal relationships and community reputation. We believe our success is largely dependent upon our ability to build strong relationships with key stakeholders from the local healthcare community, based upon a solid foundation of reliably superior care. Accordingly, our brand strategy is focused on encouraging the leaders and staff of each facility to focus on clinical excellence, and promote their facility independently within their local community.
 
Much of our historical growth can be attributed to our expertise in acquiring under-performing facilities and transforming them into market leaders in clinical quality, staff competency, employee loyalty and financial performance. We plan to continue to grow our revenue and earnings by:
 
  •  continuing to grow our talent base and develop future leaders;
 
  •  increasing the overall percentage or “mix” of higher-acuity residents;
 
  •  focusing on organic growth and internal operating efficiencies;
 
  •  continuing to acquire additional facilities in existing and new markets; and
 
  •  expanding and renovating our existing facilities, and potentially constructing new facilities.
 
Company History
 
Our company was formed in 1999 with the goal of establishing a new level of quality care within the skilled nursing industry. The name “Ensign” is synonymous with a “flag” or a “standard,” and refers to our goal of setting the standard by which all others are measured. We believe that through our efforts and leadership, we can foster a new level of patient care and professional competence at our facilities, and set a new industry standard for quality skilled nursing and rehabilitative care services.
 
We have an established track record of successful acquisitions. Many of our earliest acquisitions were completed at a time when the skilled nursing industry was undergoing a major restructuring. From 2001 to 2003, we acquired a number of underperforming facilities, as several long-term care providers disposed of troubled facilities from their portfolios. We then applied our core operating expertise to turn these facilities around, both clinically and financially. In 2004 and 2005, we focused on the integration and improvement of our existing operations while limiting our acquisitions to strategically situated properties, acquiring five facilities over that period.
 
We organized our facilities into five portfolio companies in 2006, which we believe has enabled us to attract additional qualified leadership talent, and to identify, acquire, and improve facilities at a generally faster rate. With the introduction of the new portfolio companies and our New Market CEO program, described below, in early 2006, our acquisition activity accelerated, allowing us to add 15 facilities between January 1, 2006 and July 31, 2007. We then effectively suspended our acquisition program while we effected our initial


2


Table of Contents

public offering, which was completed in November 2007. (See “— Recent Developments”). The following table summarizes our growth from our formation in 1999 through December 31, 2007:
 
Cumulative Facility Growth
 
                                                                         
    As of December 31,  
    1999     2000     2001     2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2007  
 
Cumulative number of facilities
    5       13       19       24       41       43       46       57       61  
Cumulative number of skilled nursing, assisted living and independent living beds(1)
    710       1,645       2,244       2,919       5,147       5,401       5,780       6,940       7,448  
 
 
(1) Includes 671 beds in our 460 assisted living units and 84 independent living units as of December 31, 2007. The cumulative number of skilled nursing, assisted living and independent living beds is calculated using the current number of beds at each facility and may differ from the number of beds at the time of acquisition. We may also temporarily or permanently expand or reduce the number of beds in connection with renovations or expansions of specific facilities. All bed counts are licensed beds except independent living beds, and may not reflect the number of beds actually available for patient use.
 
Recent Developments
 
Reorganization of Operations under Portfolio Companies.   To preserve our entrepreneurial culture and the scalability of our leadership-centered management model, we have created several portfolio companies, each with its own president and resources. We believe that this structure is allowing us to better maintain organizational and individual development across our large and rapidly-growing organization, while continuing to maintain our “one-facility-at-a-time” focus, and to implement the key principles that have contributed to our success to date. To facilitate this internal reorganization, we formed the following five separate portfolio companies in 2006:
 
  •  The Flagstone Group, Inc., with 15 facilities and 1,792 licensed beds(1) in Southern California;
 
  •  Touchstone Care, Inc., with ten facilities and 1,208 licensed beds(1) in the Los Angeles area and in Southern California’s Inland Empire and Palm Springs markets;
 
  •  Northern Pioneers Healthcare, Inc., with nine facilities and 812 licensed beds(1) in Northern California and Washington;
 
  •  Keystone Care, Inc., with 15 facilities and 1,684 licensed beds(1) in Texas, Utah and Idaho; and
 
  •  Bandera Healthcare, Inc., with 12 facilities and 1,952 licensed beds(1) in Arizona.
 
(1) All bed counts are licensed beds except for independent living beds, and may not reflect the number of beds actually available for patient use.
 
As noted above, each of our portfolio companies has its own president. These presidents, who are experienced and proven leaders taken from the ranks of our facility CEOs, serve as leadership resources within their own portfolio companies, and have the primary responsibility for recruiting qualified talent, finding potential acquisition targets, and identifying other internal and external growth opportunities. We believe this reorganization has improved the quality of our recruiting and will continue to facilitate successful acquisitions.
 
New Market CEO Program.   In order to broaden our reach to new markets, and in and effort to provide existing leaders in our company with the entrepreneurial opportunity and challenge of entering a new market and starting a new business, we established our New Market CEO program in 2006. Supported by our Service Center and other resources, a New Market CEO evaluates a target market, develops a comprehensive business plan, and relocates to the target market to find talent and connect with other providers, regulators and the


3


Table of Contents

healthcare community in that market, with the goal of ultimately acquiring facilities and establishing an operating platform for future growth.
 
We believe that this program will not only continue to drive growth, but will also provide a valuable training ground for our next generation of leaders, who will have experienced the challenges of growing and operating a new business.
 
Recent Acquisition History and Growth.   Since January 1, 2007, we added an aggregate of four facilities located in Texas and Utah that we had not operated previously, three of which we purchased and one of which we acquired under a long-term lease arrangement with a purchase option. Three of these acquisitions are skilled nursing facilities, and one offers both skilled nursing and assisted living services. These facilities contributed 508 licensed beds to our operations, increasing our total capacity by 7%. In Texas, we have increased our capacity since January 1, 2007 by 282 beds, or approximately 32%. In Utah, we have increased our capacity since January 1, 2007 by 226 beds, or 105%.
 
The following table sets forth the location and number of licensed and independent living beds located at our facilities as of December 31, 2007:
 
                                                         
    CA     AZ     TX     UT     WA     ID     Total  
 
Number of facilities
    31       12       10       4       3       1       61  
Skilled nursing, assisted living and independent living beds(1)
    3,529       1,952       1,154       442       283       88       7,448  
 
 
(1) Includes 671 beds in our 460 assisted living units and 84 independent living units as of December 31, 2007. All bed counts are licensed beds except for independent living beds, and may not reflect the number of beds actually available for patient use.
 
Industry Trends
 
The skilled nursing industry has evolved to meet the growing demand for post-acute and custodial healthcare services generated by an aging population, increasing life expectancies and the trend toward shifting of patient care to lower cost settings. The skilled nursing industry has evolved in recent years, which we believe has led to a number of favorable improvements in the industry, as described below:
 
  •  Shift of Patient Care to Lower Cost Alternatives.   The growth of the senior population in the United States continues to increase healthcare costs, often faster than the available funding from government-sponsored healthcare programs. In response, federal and state governments have adopted cost-containment measures that encourage the treatment of patients in more cost-effective settings such as skilled nursing facilities, for which the staffing requirements and associated costs are often significantly lower than acute care hospitals, inpatient rehabilitation facilities and other post-acute care settings. As a result, skilled nursing facilities are serving a larger population of higher-acuity patients than in the past.
 
  •  Significant Acquisition and Consolidation Opportunities.   The skilled nursing industry is large and highly fragmented, characterized predominantly by numerous local and regional providers. We believe this fragmentation provides significant acquisition and consolidation opportunities for us.
 
  •  Improving Supply and Demand Balance.   The number of skilled nursing facilities has declined modestly over the past several years. We expect that the supply and demand balance in the skilled nursing industry will continue to improve due to the shift of patient care to lower cost settings, an aging population and increasing life expectancies.
 
  •  Increased Demand Driven by Aging Populations and Increased Life Expectancy .  As life expectancy continues to increase in the United States and seniors account for a higher percentage of the total U.S. population, we believe the overall demand for skilled nursing services will increase. At present, the primary market demographic for skilled nursing services is individuals age 75 and older. According to U.S. Census Bureau Interim Projections, there were 38 million people in the


4


Table of Contents

  United States in 2007 that were over 65 years old. The U.S. Census Bureau estimates this group is one of the fastest growing segments of the United States population and is expected to more than double between 2000 and 2030.
 
We believe the skilled nursing industry has been and will continue to be impacted by several other trends. The use of long-term care insurance is increasing among seniors as a means of planning for the costs of skilled nursing services. In addition, as a result of increased mobility in society, reduction of average family size, and the increased number of two-wage earner couples, more seniors are looking for alternatives outside the family for their care.
 
Effects of Changing Prices.   Medicare reimbursement rates and procedures are subject to change from time to time, which could materially impact our revenue. Medicare reimburses our skilled nursing facilities under a prospective payment system (PPS) for certain inpatient covered services. Under the PPS, facilities are paid a predetermined amount per patient, per day, based on the anticipated costs of treating patients. The amount to be paid is determined by classifying each patient into a resource utilization group (RUG) category that is based upon each patient’s acuity level. As of January 1, 2006, the RUG categories were expanded from 44 to 53, with increased reimbursement rates for treating higher acuity patients. Should future changes in skilled nursing facility payments reduce rates or increase the standards for reaching certain reimbursement levels, our Medicare revenues could be reduced, with a corresponding adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operation.
 
The Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 (DRA) was expected to significantly reduce net Medicare and Medicaid spending. Prior to the DRA, caps on annual reimbursements for rehabilitation therapy became effective on January 1, 2006. The DRA provides for exceptions to those caps for patients with certain conditions or multiple complexities whose therapy is reimbursed under Medicare Part B and provided in 2006. The Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006 extended the exceptions through the end of 2007. The Medicare, Medicaid and SCHIP Extension Act of 2007 extended these exceptions until June 30, 2008.
 
On February 4, 2008, the Bush Administration released its fiscal year 2009 budget proposal, which, if enacted, would significantly reduce Medicare spending totaling $182 billion over five years. Approximately 62% of the proposed five-year reduction total results from reductions in provider update factors, including a three-year freeze for skilled nursing facilities followed by annual updates of the inflation adjustment (or market basket) minus 0.65 percentage points indefinitely thereafter. Additional proposals would reduce provider payments by phasing out bad debt payments to skilled nursing facilities and imposing payment adjustments for five conditions commonly treated in skilled nursing facilities. Further, the proposed budget reiterates a proposal offered in past years by establishing an automatic annual 0.4 percent payment reduction that would take effect absent other Congressional action if general fund expenditures for Medicare exceed 45 percent. The budget also includes a series of proposals having an affect on Medicaid. For example, the budget proposes $18.2 billion in five-year savings from Medicaid, more than half of which, $10.1 billion, would come from reducing matching rates for administrative costs, case management, family planning services, and qualifying individuals.
 
Historically, adjustments to reimbursement under Medicare have had a significant effect on our revenue. For a discussion of historic adjustments and recent changes to the Medicare program and related reimbursement rates see Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Industry — “Our revenue could be impacted by federal and state changes to reimbursement and other aspects of Medicaid and Medicare,” “Our future revenue, financial condition and results of operations could be impacted by continued cost containment pressures on Medicaid spending,” and “If Medicare reimbursement rates decline, our revenue, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.” The federal government and state governments continue to focus on efforts to curb spending on healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. We are not able to predict the outcome of the legislative process. We also cannot predict the extent to which proposals will be adopted or, if adopted and implemented, what effect, if any, such proposals and existing new legislation will have on us. Efforts to impose reduced allowances, greater discounts and more stringent cost controls by government and other payors are expected to continue and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.


5


Table of Contents

Competition
 
The skilled nursing industry is highly competitive, and we expect that the industry will become increasingly competitive in the future. The industry is highly fragmented and characterized by numerous local and regional providers, in addition to large national providers that have achieved geographic diversity and economies of scale. We also compete with inpatient rehabilitation facilities and long-term acute care hospitals. Competitiveness may vary significantly from location to location, depending upon factors such as the number of competing facilities, availability of services, expertise of staff, and the physical appearance and amenities of each location. We believe that the primary competitive factors in the skilled nursing industry are:
 
  •  ability to attract and to retain qualified management and caregivers;
 
  •  reputation and commitment to quality;
 
  •  attractiveness and location of facilities;
 
  •  the expertise and commitment of the facility management team and employees;
 
  •  community value, including amenities and ancillary services; and
 
  •  for private pay and HMO patients, price of services.
 
We seek to compete effectively in each market by establishing a reputation within the local community as the “facility of choice.” This means that the facility leaders are generally free to discern and address the unique needs and priorities of healthcare professionals, customers and other stakeholders in the local community or market, and then create a superior service offering and reputation for that particular community or market that is calculated to encourage prospective customers and referral sources to choose or recommend the facility.
 
Increased competition could limit our ability to attract and retain patients, maintain or increase rates or to expand our business. Some of our competitors have greater financial and other resources than we have, may have greater brand recognition and may be more established in their respective communities than we are. Competing companies may also offer newer facilities or different programs or services than we offer, and may therefore attract individuals who are currently residents of our facilities, potential residents of our facilities, or who are otherwise receiving our healthcare services. Other competitors may have lower expenses or accept lower margins than us and, therefore, provide services at lower prices than we offer.
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
We believe that we are well positioned to benefit from the ongoing changes within our industry. We believe that our ability to acquire, integrate and improve our facilities is a direct result of the following key competitive strengths:
 
Experienced and Dedicated Employees.   We believe that our employees are among the best in the skilled nursing industry. We believe each of our facilities is led by an experienced and caring leadership team, including a dedicated front-line care staff, who participates daily in the clinical and operational improvement of their individual facilities. We have been successful in attracting, training, incentivizing and retaining a core group of outstanding business and clinical leaders to lead our facilities. These leaders operate their facilities as separate local businesses. With broad local control, these talented leaders and their care staffs are able to quickly meet the needs of their patients and residents, employees and local communities, without waiting for permission to act or being bound to a “one-size-fits-all” corporate strategy.
 
Unique Incentive Programs.   We believe that our employee compensation programs are unique within the skilled nursing industry. Employee stock options and performance bonuses, based on achieving target clinical quality and financial benchmarks, represent a significant component of total compensation for our facility leaders. We believe that these compensation programs assist us in encouraging our facility leaders and key employees to act with a shared ownership mentality. Furthermore, our facility leaders are incentivized to help local facilities within a defined “cluster,” which is a group of geographically-proximate facilities that share clinical best practices, real-time financial data and other resources and information.


6


Table of Contents

Staff and Leadership Development.   We have a company-wide commitment to ongoing education, training and professional development. Accordingly, our facility leaders participate in regular training. Most participate in training sessions at Ensign University, our in-house educational system, generally four or five times each year. Other training opportunities are generally offered on a monthly basis. Training and educational topics include leadership development, our values, updates on Medicaid and Medicare billing requirements, updates on new regulations or legislation, emerging healthcare service alternatives and other relevant clinical, business and industry specific coursework. Additionally, we encourage and provide ongoing education classes for our clinical staff to maintain licensing and increase the breadth of their knowledge and expertise. We believe that our commitment to, and substantial investment in, ongoing education will further strengthen the quality of our facility leaders and staff, and the quality of the care they provide to our patients and residents.
 
Innovative Service Center Approach.   We do not maintain a corporate headquarters; rather, we operate a Service Center to support the efforts of each facility. Our Service Center is a dedicated service organization that acts as a resource and provides centralized information technology, human resources, accounting, payroll, legal, risk management, educational and other key services, so that local facility leaders can focus on delivering top-quality care and efficient business operations. Our Service Center approach allows individual facilities to function with the strength, synergies and economies of scale found in larger organizations, but without what we believe are the disadvantages of a top-down management structure or corporate hierarchy. We believe our Service Center approach is unique within the industry, and allows us to preserve the “one-facility-at-a-time” focus and culture that has contributed to our success.
 
Proven Track Record of Successful Acquisitions.   We have established a disciplined acquisition strategy that is focused on selectively acquiring facilities within our target markets. Our acquisition strategy is highly operations driven. Prospective facility leaders are included in the decision making process and compensated as these acquired facilities reach pre-established clinical quality and financial benchmarks, helping to ensure that we only undertake acquisitions that key leaders believe can become clinically sound and contribute to our financial performance.
 
Since April 1999, we have acquired 61 facilities with over 7,400 beds, including 671 beds in our 460 assisted living units and 84 independent living units, through both long-term leases and purchases. We believe our experience in acquiring these facilities and our demonstrated success in significantly improving their operations enables us to consider a broad range of acquisition targets. In addition, we believe we have developed expertise in transitioning newly-acquired facilities to our unique organizational culture and operating systems, which enables us to acquire facilities with limited disruption to patients, residents and facility operating staff, while significantly improving quality of care. We also intend to consider the construction of new facilities as we determine that market conditions justify the cost of new construction in some of our markets.
 
Reputation for Quality Care.   We believe that we have achieved a reputation for high-quality and cost-effective care and services to our patients and residents within the communities we serve. We believe that our reputation for quality, coupled with the integrated skilled nursing and rehabilitation services that we offer, allows us to attract patients that require more intensive and medically complex care and generally result in higher reimbursement rates than lower acuity patients.
 
Community Focused Approach.   We view skilled nursing care primarily as a local, community-based business. Our local leadership-centered management culture enables each facility’s nursing and support staff and leaders to meet the unique needs of their residents and local communities. We believe that our commitment to this “one-facility-at-a-time” philosophy helps to ensure that each facility, its residents, their family members and the community will receive the individualized attention they need. By serving our residents, their families, the community and our fellow healthcare professionals, we strive to make each individual facility the facility of choice in its local community.
 
We further believe that when choosing a healthcare provider, consumers usually choose a person or people they know and trust, rather than a corporation or business. Therefore, rather than pursuing a traditional organization-wide branding strategy, we actively seek to develop the facility brand at the local level, serving


7


Table of Contents

and marketing one-on-one to caregivers, our residents, their families, the community and our fellow healthcare professionals in the local market.
 
Attractive Asset Base.   We believe that our facilities are among the best-operated in their respective markets. As of December 31, 2007, we owned 26 of the 61 facilities that we operated, and had purchase agreements or options to purchase ten of the 35 facilities that we operated under long-term lease arrangements. We will consider exercising some or all of these purchase options as they become exercisable, and we expect that we will own a higher percentage of our facilities in the future than we currently own. Assuming that we consummate our pending purchase agreement, we eventually exercise all purchase options we currently hold and we don’t dispose of any of our current facilities, we would own approximately 59% of the facilities we currently operate. By owning our facilities, we believe we will have better control over our occupancy costs over time, as well as increased financial and operational flexibility. We continually invest in our facilities, both owned and leased, to keep them physically attractive and clinically sound.
 
Investment in Information Technology.   We have acquired information technology that enables our facility leaders to access, and to share with their peers, both clinical and financial performance data in real time. Armed with relevant and current information, our facility leaders and their management teams are able to share best practices and latest information, adjust to challenges and opportunities on a timely basis, improve quality of care, mitigate risk and improve both clinical outcomes and financial performance. We have also invested in specialized healthcare technology systems to assist our nursing and support staff. We have installed automated software and touch-screen interface systems in each facility to enable our clinical staff to more efficiently monitor and deliver patient care and record patient information. We believe these systems have improved the quality of our medical and billing records, while improving the productivity of our staff.
 
Our Growth Strategy
 
We believe that the following strategies are primarily responsible for our growth to date, and will continue to drive the growth of our business:
 
Grow Talent Base and Develop Future Leaders.   Our primary growth strategy is to expand our talent base and develop future leaders. A key component of our organizational culture is our belief that strong local leadership is a primary key to the success of each facility. While we believe that significant acquisition opportunities exist, we have generally followed a disciplined approach to growth that permits us to acquire a facility only when we believe, among other things, that we will have qualified leadership for that facility. To develop these leaders, we have a rigorous “Administrator-in-Training Program” that attracts proven business leaders from various industries and backgrounds, and provides them the knowledge and hands-on training they need to successfully lead one of our facilities. As of December 31, 2007, 12 prospective administrators were progressing through the various stages of this training program, which is generally much more rigorous, hands-on and intensive than the minimum 1,000 hours of training mandated by the licensing requirements of most states where we do business. Once administrators are licensed and assigned to a facility, they continue to learn and develop in our facility Chief Executive Officer Program, which facilitates the continued development of these talented business leaders into outstanding facility CEOs, through regular peer review, our Ensign University and on-the-job training.
 
In addition, our facility Chief Operating Officer Program recruits and trains highly-qualified Directors of Nursing to lead the clinical programs in our facilities. Working together with their facility CEO and/or administrator, other key facility leaders and front-line staff, these experienced nurses manage delivery of care and other clinical personnel and programs to optimize both clinical outcomes and employee and patient satisfaction.
 
Increase Mix of High Acuity Patients.   Many skilled nursing facilities are serving an increasingly larger population of patients who require a high level of skilled nursing and rehabilitative care, whom we refer to as high acuity patients, as a result of government and other payors seeking lower-cost alternatives to traditional acute-care hospitals. We generally receive higher reimbursement rates for providing care for these patients. In addition, many of these patients require therapy and other rehabilitative services, which we are able to provide as part of our integrated service offerings. Where therapy services are prescribed by a patient’s physician or


8


Table of Contents

other healthcare professional, we generally receive additional revenue in connection with the provision of those services. By making these integrated services available to such patients, and maintaining established clinical standards in the delivery of those services, we are able to increase our overall revenues. We believe that we can continue to attract high acuity patients and therapy patients to our facilities by maintaining and enhancing our reputation for quality care, continuing our community focused approach, and strengthening our referral networks.
 
Focus on Organic Growth and Internal Operating Efficiencies.   We are able to grow organically through our ability to increase patient occupancy within our existing facilities. Although some of the facilities we have acquired were in good physical and operating condition, the majority have been clinically and financially troubled, with some facilities having had occupancy rates as low as 30% at the time of acquisition. Additionally, we believe that incremental operating margins on the last 20% of our beds are significantly higher than on the first 80%, offering real opportunities to improve financial performance within our existing facilities, as we seek to improve overall occupancy beyond our average rates for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 of 77.8%, 81.1% and 82.0%, respectively.
 
We also believe we can generate organic growth by improving operating efficiencies and the quality of care at the patient level. By focusing on staff development, clinical systems and the efficient delivery of quality patient care, we believe we are able to deliver higher quality care at lower costs than many of our competitors.
 
We also have achieved incremental occupancy and revenue growth by creating or expanding outpatient therapy programs in existing facilities. Physical, occupational and speech therapy services account for a significant portion of revenue in most of our skilled nursing facilities. By expanding therapy programs to provide outpatient services in many markets, we are able to increase revenue while spreading the fixed costs of maintaining these programs over a larger patient base. Outpatient therapy has also proven to be an effective marketing tool, raising the visibility of our facilities in their local communities and enhancing the reputation of our facilities with short-stay rehabilitation patients.
 
Add New Facilities and Expand Existing Facilities.   A key element of our growth strategy includes the acquisition of existing facilities from third parties, the expansion of current facilities, and the potential construction of new facilities. In the near term, we plan to take advantage of the fragmented skilled nursing industry by acquiring facilities within select geographic markets and may consider the construction of new facilities. In addition, historically we have targeted facilities that we believed were underperforming, and where we believed we could improve service delivery, occupancy rates and cash flow. With experienced leaders in place at the community level, and demonstrated success in significantly improving operating conditions at acquired facilities, we believe that we are well positioned for continued growth. While the integration of underperforming facilities generally has a negative short-term effect on overall operating margins, these facilities are typically accretive to earnings within 12 to 18 months following acquisition. For the 34 facilities that we acquired from 2001 through the first quarter of 2006, the aggregate EBITDAR (defined below) as a percentage of revenue improved from 11.4% during the first full three months of operations to 14.2% during the thirteenth through fifteenth months of operations.
 
Labor
 
The operation of our skilled nursing and assisted living facilities requires a large number of highly skilled healthcare professionals and support staff. At December 31, 2007, we had approximately 5,603 full-time equivalent employees, employed by our Service Center and our operating subsidiaries. For the year ended December 31, 2007, approximately 67% of our total expenses were payroll related. Periodically, market forces, which vary by region, require that we increase wages in excess of general inflation or in excess of increases in reimbursement rates we receive. We believe that we staff appropriately, focusing primarily on the acuity level and day-to-day needs of our patients and residents. In most of the states where we operate, our skilled nursing facilities are subject to state mandated minimum staffing ratios, so our ability to reduce costs by decreasing staff, notwithstanding decreases in acuity or need, is limited. We seek to manage our labor costs by improving


9


Table of Contents

staff retention, improving operating efficiencies, maintaining competitive wage rates and benefits and reducing reliance on overtime compensation and temporary nursing agency services.
 
The healthcare industry as a whole has been experiencing shortages of qualified professional clinical staff. We believe that our ability to attract and retain qualified professional clinical staff stems from our ability to offer attractive wage and benefits packages, a high level of employee training, an empowered culture that provides incentives for individual efforts and a quality of work environment.
 
In 2002, a majority of certain categories of service and maintenance employees at one of our facilities voted to accept union representation. We are currently involved in collective bargaining with this union, but have not yet consummated a collective bargaining agreement. With the exception of this facility, to our knowledge the staff at our facilities that have been approached to unionize have rejected union organizing efforts. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good and have never experienced a work stoppage.
 
Government Regulation
 
The regulatory environment within the skilled nursing industry continues to intensify in the amount and type of laws and regulations affecting it. In addition to this changing regulatory environment, federal, state and local officials are increasingly focusing their efforts on the enforcement of these laws. In order to operate our facilities we must comply with federal, state and local laws relating to licensure, delivery and adequacy of medical care, distribution of pharmaceuticals, equipment, personnel, operating policies, fire prevention, rate-setting, billing and reimbursement, building codes and environmental protection. Additionally, we must also adhere to anti-kickback laws, physician referral laws, and safety and health standards set by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). Changes in the law or new interpretations of existing laws may have an adverse impact on our methods and costs of doing business.
 
Skilled nursing facilities are also subject to various regulations and licensing requirements promulgated by state and local health and social service agencies and other regulatory authorities. Requirements vary from state to state and these requirements can affect, among other things, personnel education and training, patient and personnel records, facility services, staffing levels, monitoring of patient wellness, patient furnishings, housekeeping services, dietary requirements, emergency plans and procedures, certification and licensing of staff prior to beginning employment, and patient rights. These laws and regulations could limit our ability to expand into new markets and to expand our services and facilities in existing markets.
 
Regulations Regarding Our Facilities.   Governmental and other authorities periodically inspect our facilities to assess our compliance with various standards. The intensified regulatory and enforcement environment continues to impact healthcare providers, as these providers respond to periodic surveys and other inspections by governmental authorities and act on any noncompliance identified in the inspection process. Unannounced surveys or inspections generally occur at least annually, and also following a government agency’s receipt of a complaint about a facility. We must pass these inspections to maintain our licensure under state law, to obtain or maintain certification under the Medicare and Medicaid programs, to continue participation in the Veterans Administration program at some facilities, and to comply with our provider contracts with managed care clients at many facilities. From time to time, we, like others in the healthcare industry, may receive notices from federal and state regulatory agencies alleging that we failed to comply with applicable standards. These notices may require us to take corrective action, may impose civil monetary penalties for noncompliance, and may threaten or impose other operating restrictions on facilities such as admission holds, provisional skilled nursing license or increased staffing requirements. If our facilities fail to comply with these directives or otherwise fail to comply substantially with licensure and certification laws, rules and regulations, we could lose our certification as a Medicare or Medicaid provider, or lose our state licenses to operate the facilities.
 
Regulations Protecting Against Fraud.   Various complex federal and state laws exist which govern a wide array of referrals, relationships and arrangements, and prohibit fraud by healthcare providers. Governmental agencies are devoting increasing attention and resources to such anti-fraud efforts. The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), and the Balanced Budget Act of 1997 (BBA)


10


Table of Contents

expanded the penalties for healthcare fraud. Additionally, in connection with our involvement with federal healthcare reimbursement programs, the government or those acting on its behalf may bring an action under the False Claims Act, alleging that a healthcare provider has defrauded the government. These claimants may seek treble damages for false claims and payment of additional civil monetary penalties. The False Claims Act allows a private individual with knowledge of fraud to bring a claim on behalf of the federal government and earn a percentage of the federal government’s recovery. Due to these “whistleblower” incentives, suits have become more frequent.
 
Regulations Regarding Financial Arrangements.   We are also subject to federal and state laws that regulate financial arrangement by healthcare providers, such as the federal and state anti-kickback laws, the Stark laws, and various state referral laws.
 
The federal anti-kickback laws and similar state laws make it unlawful for any person to pay, receive, offer, or solicit any benefit, directly or indirectly, for the referral or commendation for products or services which are eligible for payment under federal healthcare programs, including Medicare and Medicaid. For the purposes of the anti-kickback law, a “federal healthcare program” includes Medicare and Medicaid programs and any other plan or program that provides health benefits which are funded directly, in whole or in part, by the United States Government.
 
The arrangements prohibited under these anti-kickback laws can involve nursing homes, hospitals, physicians and other healthcare providers, plans and suppliers. These laws have been interpreted very broadly to include a number of practices and relationships between healthcare providers and sources of patient referral. The scope of prohibited payments is very broad, including anything of value, whether offered directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind. Federal “safe harbor” regulations describe certain arrangements that will not be deemed to constitute violations of the anti-kickback law. Arrangements that do not comply with all of the strict requirements of a safe harbor are not necessarily illegal, but, due to the broad language of the statute, failure to comply with a safe harbor may increase the potential that a government agency or whistleblower will seek to investigate or challenge the arrangement. The safe harbors are narrow and do not cover a wide range of economic relationships.
 
Violations of the federal anti-kickback laws can result in criminal penalties of up to $25,000 and five years imprisonment. Violations of the anti-kickback laws can also result in civil monetary penalties of up to $50,000 and an assessment of up to three times the total amount of remuneration offered, paid, solicited, or received. Violation of the anti-kickback laws may also result in an individual’s or organization’s exclusion from future participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other state and federal healthcare programs. Exclusion of us or any of our key employees from the Medicare or Medicaid program could have a material adverse impact on our operations and financial condition.
 
In addition to these regulations, we may face adverse consequences if we violate the federal Stark laws related to certain Medicare physician referrals. The Stark laws prohibit a physician from referring Medicare patients for certain designated health services where the physician has an ownership interest in or compensation arrangement with the provider of the services, with limited exceptions. Also, any services furnished pursuant to a prohibited referral are not eligible for payment by the Medicare programs, and the provider is prohibited from billing any third party for such services. The Stark laws provide for the imposition of a civil monetary penalty of $15,000 per service and exclusion from Medicare for any person who presents or causes to be presented a bill or claim the person knows or should know is submitted in violation of the Stark laws. Such designated health services include physical therapy services; occupational therapy services; radiology services, including CT, MRI and ultrasound; durable medical equipment and services; radiation therapy services and supplies; parenteral and enteral nutrients, equipment and supplies; prosthetics, orthotics and prosthetic devices and supplies; home health services; outpatient prescription drugs; inpatient and outpatient hospital services; clinical laboratory services; and, effective January 1, 2007, diagnostic and therapeutic nuclear medical services.
 
Regulations Regarding Patient Record Confidentiality.   We are also subject to laws and regulations enacted to protect the confidentiality of patient health information. For example, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services has issued rules pursuant to HIPAA, which relate to the privacy of certain patient


11


Table of Contents

information. These rules govern our use and disclosure of protected health information. We have established policies and procedures to comply with HIPAA privacy requirements at these facilities. We believe that we are in compliance with all current HIPAA laws and regulations.
 
Antitrust Laws.   We are also subject to federal and state antitrust laws. Enforcement of the antitrust laws against healthcare providers is common, and antitrust liability may arise in a wide variety of circumstances, including third party contracting, physician relations, joint venture, merger, affiliation and acquisition activities. In some respects, the application of federal and state antitrust laws to healthcare is still evolving, and enforcement activity by federal and state agencies appears to be increasing. At various times, healthcare providers and insurance and managed care organizations may be subject to an investigation by a governmental agency charged with the enforcement of antitrust laws, or may be subject to administrative or judicial action by a federal or state agency or a private party. Violators of the antitrust laws could be subject to criminal and civil enforcement by federal and state agencies, as well as by private litigants.
 
Environmental Matters
 
Our business is subject to a variety of federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. As a healthcare provider, we face regulatory requirements in areas of air and water quality control, medical and low-level radioactive waste management and disposal, asbestos management, response to mold and lead-based paint in our facilities and employee safety.
 
As an owner or operator of our facilities, we also may be required to investigate and remediate hazardous substances that are located on and/or under the property, including any such substances that may have migrated off, or may have been discharged or transported from the property. Part of our operations involves the handling, use, storage, transportation, disposal and discharge of medical, biological, infectious, toxic, flammable and other hazardous materials, wastes, pollutants or contaminants. In addition, we are sometimes unable to determine with certainty whether prior uses of our facilities and properties or surrounding properties may have produced continuing environmental contamination or noncompliance, particularly where the timing or cost of making such determinations is not deemed cost-effective. These activities, as well as the possible presence of such materials in, on and under our properties, may result in damage to individuals, property or the environment; may interrupt operations or increase costs; may result in legal liability, damages, injunctions or fines; may result in investigations, administrative proceedings, penalties or other governmental agency actions; and may not be covered by insurance.
 
We believe that we are in material compliance with applicable environmental and occupational health and safety requirements. However, we cannot assure you that we will not encounter environmental liabilities in the future, and such liabilities may result in material adverse consequences to our operations or financial condition.
 
Payor Sources
 
Total Revenue by Payor Sources.   We derive revenue primarily from the Medicaid and Medicare programs, private pay patients and managed care payors. Medicaid typically covers patients that require standard room and board services, and provides reimbursement rates that are generally lower than rates earned from other sources. We monitor our quality mix, which is the percentage of non-Medicaid revenue from each of our facilities, to measure the level of more attractive reimbursements that we received across each of our business units. We intend to continue to focus on enhancing our care offerings to accommodate more high acuity patients.
 
Medicaid.   Medicaid is a state-administered program financed by state funds and matching federal funds. Medicaid programs are administered by the states and their political subdivisions, and often go by state-specific names, such as Medi-Cal in California and the Arizona Healthcare Cost Containment System in Arizona. Medicaid programs generally provide health benefits for qualifying individuals, and may supplement Medicare benefits for financially needy persons aged 65 and older. Medicaid reimbursement formulas are established by each state with the approval of the federal government in accordance with federal guidelines.


12


Table of Contents

Seniors who enter skilled nursing facilities as private pay clients can become eligible for Medicaid once they have substantially depleted their assets. Medicaid is the largest source of funding for nursing home facilities.
 
Private and Other Payors.   Private and other payors consist primarily of individuals, family members or other third parties who directly pay for the services we provide.
 
Medicare.   Medicare is a federal program that provides healthcare benefits to individuals who are 65 years of age or older or are disabled. To achieve and maintain Medicare certification, a skilled nursing facility must meet the CMS, “Conditions of Participation” on an ongoing basis, as determined in periodic facility inspections or “surveys” conducted primarily by the state licensing agency in the state where the facility is located. Medicare pays for inpatient skilled nursing facility services under the prospective payment system. The prospective payment for each beneficiary is based upon the medical condition of and care needed by, the beneficiary. Medicare skilled nursing facility coverage is limited to 100 days per episode of illness for those beneficiaries who require daily care following discharge from an acute care hospital.
 
Managed Care and Private Insurance.   Managed care patients consist of individuals who are insured by a third-party entity, typically a senior HMO plan, or who are Medicare beneficiaries who have assigned their Medicare benefits to a senior HMO plan. Another type of insurance, long-term care insurance, is also becoming more widely available to consumers, but is not expected to contribute significantly to industry revenues in the near term.
 
Billing and Reimbursement.   Our revenue from government payors, including Medicare and state Medicaid agencies is subject to retroactive adjustments in the form of claimed overpayments and underpayments based on rate adjustments, asserted billing and reimbursement errors, and claimed overpayments and underpayments. We believe billing and reimbursement errors, disagreements, overpayments and underpayments are common in our industry, and we are regularly engaged with government payors and their fiscal intermediaries in reviews, audits and appeals of our claims for reimbursement due to the subjectivities inherent in the processes related to patient diagnosis and care, recordkeeping, claims processing and other aspects of the patient service and reimbursement processes, and the errors and disagreements those subjectivities can produce.
 
We take seriously our responsibility to act appropriately under applicable laws and regulations, including Medicare and Medicaid billing and reimbursement laws and regulations. Accordingly, we employ accounting, reimbursement and compliance specialists who train, mentor and assist our clerical, clinical and rehabilitation staffs in the preparation of claims and supporting documentation, regularly monitor billing and reimbursement practices within our facilities, and assist with the appeal of overpayment and recoupment claims generated by governmental, fiscal intermediary and other auditors and reviewers. In addition, due to the potentially serious consequences that could arise from any impropriety in our billing and reimbursement processes, we investigate all allegations of impropriety or irregularity relative thereto, and sometimes do so with the aid of outside auditors, other than our independent registered public accounting firm, attorneys and other professionals.
 
Whether information about our billing and reimbursement processes is obtained from external sources or activities such as Medicare and Medicaid audits or probe reviews, internal investigations such as the one recently completed (discussed below in Risk Factors), or our regular day-to-day monitoring and training activities, we collect and utilize such information to improve our billing and reimbursement functions and the various processes related thereto. While, like other operators in our industry, we experience billing and reimbursement errors, disagreements and other effects of the inherent subjectivities in reimbursement processes on a regular basis, we believe that we are in substantial compliance with applicable Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement requirements. We continually strive to improve the efficiency and accuracy of all of our operational and business functions, including our billing and reimbursement processes.


13


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the payor sources of our total revenue for the periods indicated:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (In thousands)  
 
Payor Sources for All Facilities:
                       
Medicare
  $ 123,170     $ 117,511     $ 96,208  
Managed care
    52,779       44,487       33,484  
Private and other payors(1)
    52,579       45,312       39,831  
Medicaid
    182,790       151,264       131,327  
                         
Total revenue
  $ 411,318     $ 358,574     $ 300,850  
                         
 
 
(1) Includes revenue from our assisted living facilities.
 
Payor Sources as a Percentage of Skilled Nursing Services.   We use both our skilled mix and quality mix as measures of the quality of reimbursements we receive at our skilled nursing facilities over various periods. The following table sets forth our percentage of skilled nursing patient days by payor source:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
Percentage of Skilled Nursing Days:   2007     2006     2005  
 
Medicare
    13.7 %     15.0 %     14.3 %
Managed care
    9.0       9.3       8.1  
                         
Skilled mix
    22.7       24.3       22.4  
Private and other payors
    13.0       13.1       13.6  
                         
Quality mix
    35.7       37.4       36.0  
Medicaid
    64.3       62.6       64.0  
                         
Total skilled nursing
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
                         
 
Reimbursement for Specific Services
 
Reimbursement for Skilled Nursing Services.   Skilled nursing facility revenue is primarily derived from Medicaid, private pay, managed care and Medicare payors. Our skilled nursing facilities provide Medicaid-covered services to eligible individuals consisting of nursing care, room and board and social services. In addition, states may, at their option, cover other services such as physical, occupational and speech therapies.
 
Reimbursement for Rehabilitation Therapy Services.   Rehabilitation therapy revenue is primarily received from private pay and Medicare for services provided at skilled nursing facilities and assisted living facilities. The payments are based on negotiated patient per diem rates or a negotiated fee schedule based on the type of service rendered.
 
Reimbursement for Assisted Living Services.   Assisted living facility revenue is primarily derived from private pay residents at rates we establish based upon the services we provide and market conditions in the area of operation. In addition, Medicaid or other state-specific programs in some states where we operate supplement payments for board and care services provided in assisted living facilities.
 
Available Information
 
We are subject to the reporting requirements under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934. Consequently, we are required to file reports and information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), including reports on the following forms: annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or


14


Table of Contents

15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These reports and other information concerning the company may be accessed through the SEC’s website at http://www. sec.gov.
 
You may also find on our website at http://www. ensigngroup.net, electronic copies of our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Such filings are placed on our website as soon as reasonably possible after they are filed with the SEC. Information contained in our website is not deemed to be a part of this Annual Report.
 
Item 1A.    Risk Factors
 
Set forth below are certain risk factors that could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. You should carefully read the following risk factors, together with the financial statements, related notes and other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that contain risks and uncertainties. Please refer to the section entitled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” on page 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K in connection with your consideration of the risk factors and other important factors that may affect future results described below.
 
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
 
Our revenue could be impacted by federal and state changes to reimbursement and other aspects of Medicaid and Medicare.
 
We derived approximately 44% and 30% of our revenue from the Medicaid and Medicare programs, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2007 and 42% and 33% for the year ended December 31, 2006, respectively. If reimbursement rates under these programs are reduced or fail to increase as quickly as our costs, or if there are changes in the way these programs pay for services, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected. The services for which we are currently reimbursed by Medicaid and Medicare may not continue to be reimbursed at adequate levels or at all. Further limits on the scope of services being reimbursed, delays or reductions in reimbursement or changes in other aspects of reimbursement could impact our revenue. For example, in the past, the enactment of the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 (DRA), the Medicaid Voluntary Contribution and Provider-Specific Tax Amendments of 1991 and the Balanced Budget Act of 1997 (BBA) caused changes in government reimbursement systems, which, in some cases, made obtaining reimbursements more difficult and costly and lowered or restricted reimbursement rates for some of our residents.
 
The Medicaid and Medicare programs are subject to statutory and regulatory changes affecting base rates or basis of payment, retroactive rate adjustments, administrative or executive orders and government funding restrictions, all of which may materially adversely affect the rates and frequency at which these programs reimburse us for our services. Implementation of these and other measures to reduce or delay reimbursement could result in substantial reductions in our revenue and profitability. Payors may disallow our requests for reimbursement based on determinations that certain costs are not reimbursable or reasonable because either adequate or additional documentation was not provided or because certain services were not covered or considered reasonably necessary. Additionally, revenue from these payors can be retroactively adjusted after a new examination during the claims settlement process or as a result of post-payment audits. New legislation and regulatory proposals could impose further limitations on government payments to healthcare providers. These and other changes to the reimbursement and other aspects of Medicaid could adversely affect our revenue.
 
Our future revenue, financial condition and results of operations could be impacted by continued cost containment pressures on Medicaid spending.
 
Medicaid, which is largely administered by the states, is a significant payor for our skilled nursing services. Rapidly increasing Medicaid spending, combined with slow state revenue growth, has led many states to institute measures aimed at controlling spending growth. Because state legislatures control the amount of


15


Table of Contents

state funding for Medicaid programs, cuts or delays in approval of such funding by legislatures could reduce the amount of, or cause a delay in, payment from Medicaid to skilled nursing facilities. We expect continuing cost containment pressures on Medicaid outlays for skilled nursing facilities.
 
To generate funds to pay for the increasing costs of the Medicaid program, many states utilize financial arrangements such as provider taxes. Under provider tax arrangements, states collect taxes or fees from healthcare providers and then return the revenue to these providers as Medicaid expenditures. Congress, however, has placed restrictions on states’ use of provider tax and donation programs as a source of state matching funds. Under the Medicaid Voluntary Contribution and Provider-Specific Tax Amendments of 1991, the federal medical assistance percentage available to a state was reduced by the total amount of healthcare related taxes that the state imposed, unless certain requirements are met. The federal medical assistance percentage is not reduced if the state taxes are broad-based and not applied specifically to Medicaid reimbursed services. In addition, the healthcare providers receiving Medicaid reimbursement must be at risk for the amount of tax assessed and must not be guaranteed to receive reimbursement through the applicable state Medicaid program for the tax assessed. Lower Medicaid reimbursement rates would adversely affect our revenue, financial condition and results of operations.
 
If Medicare reimbursement rates decline, our revenue, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
Over the past several years, the federal government has periodically changed various aspects of Medicare reimbursements for skilled nursing facilities. Medicare Part A covers inpatient hospital services, skilled nursing care and some home healthcare. Medicare Part B covers physician and other health practitioner services, some supplies and a variety of medical services not covered under Medicare Part A.
 
Medicare coverage of skilled nursing services is available only if the patient is hospitalized for at least three consecutive days, the need for such services is related to the reason for the hospitalization, and the patient is admitted to the facility within 30 days following discharge from a Medicare participating hospital. Medicare coverage of skilled nursing services is limited to 100 days per benefit period after discharge from a Medicare participating hospital or critical access hospital. The patient must pay coinsurance amounts for the twenty-first day and each of the remaining days of covered care per benefit period.
 
Medicare payments for skilled nursing services are paid on a case-mix adjusted per diem prospective payment system (PPS) for all routine, ancillary and capital-related costs. The prospective payment for skilled nursing services is based solely on the adjusted federal per diem rate. Although Medicare payment rates under the skilled nursing facility PPS increased temporarily for federal fiscal years 2003 and 2004, new payment rates for federal fiscal year 2005 took effect for discharges beginning October 1, 2004. A regulation by CMS sets forth a schedule of prospective payment rates applicable to Medicare Part A skilled nursing services that took effect on October 1, 2007, and included a full market basket increase of 3.3%. There can be no assurance that the skilled nursing facility PPS rates will be sufficient to cover our actual costs of providing skilled nursing facility services.
 
Skilled nursing facilities are also required to perform consolidated billing for items and services furnished to patients and residents during a Part A covered stay and therapy services furnished during Part A and Part B covered stays. The consolidated billing requirement essentially confers on the skilled nursing facility itself the Medicare billing responsibility for the entire package of care that its residents receive in these situations. The BBA also affected skilled nursing facility payments by requiring that post-hospitalization skilled nursing services be “bundled” into the hospital’s Diagnostic Related Group (DRG) payment in certain circumstances. Where this rule applies, the hospital and the skilled nursing facility must, in effect, divide the payment which otherwise would have been paid to the hospital alone for the patient’s treatment, and no additional funds are paid by Medicare for skilled nursing care of the patient. At present, this provision applies to a limited number of DRGs, but already is apparently having a negative effect on skilled nursing facility utilization and payments, either because hospitals are finding it difficult to place patients in skilled nursing facilities which will not be paid as before or because hospitals are reluctant to discharge the patients to skilled nursing


16


Table of Contents

facilities and lose part of their payment. This bundling requirement could be extended to more DRGs in the future, which would accentuate the negative impact on skilled nursing facility utilization and payments.
 
Skilled nursing facility prospective payment rates, as they may change from time to time, may be insufficient to cover our actual costs of providing skilled nursing services to Medicare patients. In addition, we may not be fully reimbursed for all services for which each facility bills through consolidated billing. If Medicare reimbursement rates decline, it could adversely affect our revenue, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We are subject to various government reviews, audits and investigations that could adversely affect our business, including an obligation to refund amounts previously paid to us, potential criminal charges, the imposition of fines, and/or the loss of our right to participate in Medicare and Medicaid programs.
 
As a result of our participation in the Medicaid and Medicare programs, we are subject to various governmental reviews, audits and investigations to verify our compliance with these programs and applicable laws and regulations. Private pay sources also reserve the right to conduct audits. An adverse review, audit or investigation could result in:
 
  •  an obligation to refund amounts previously paid to us pursuant to the Medicare or Medicaid programs or from private payors, in amounts that could be material to our business;
 
  •  state or federal agencies imposing fines, penalties and other sanctions on us;
 
  •  loss of our right to participate in the Medicare or Medicaid programs or one or more private payor networks;
 
  •  an increase in private litigation against us; and
 
  •  damage to our reputation in various markets.
 
We believe that billing and reimbursement errors and disagreements are common in our industry. We are regularly engaged in reviews, audits and appeals of our claims for reimbursement due to the subjectivities inherent in the processes related to patient diagnosis and care, record keeping, claims processing and other aspects of the patient service and reimbursement processes, and the errors and disagreements those subjectivities can produce.
 
In 2004, our Medicare fiscal intermediary began to conduct selected reviews of claims previously submitted by and paid to some of our facilities. While we have always been subject to post-payment audits and reviews, more intensive “probe reviews” are relatively new and appear to be a permanent procedure with our fiscal intermediary.
 
In some cases, probe reviews can also result in a facility being temporarily placed on prepayment review of reimbursement claims, requiring additional documentation and adding steps and time to the reimbursement process for the affected facility. Payment delays resulting from the prepayment review process could have an adverse effect on our cash flow, and such adverse effect could be material if multiple facilities were placed on prepayment review simultaneously.
 
Failure to meet claim filing and documentation requirements during the prepayment review could subject a facility to an even more intensive “targeted review,” where a corrective action plan addressing perceived deficiencies must be prepared by the facility and approved by the fiscal intermediary. During a targeted review, additional claims are reviewed post-payment to ensure that the prescribed corrective actions are being followed. Failure to make corrections or to otherwise meet the claim documentation and submission requirements could eventually result in Medicare decertification.
 
Separately, the federal government has also introduced a program that utilizes independent contractors (other than the fiscal intermediaries) to identify and recoup Medicare overpayments. These contractors are paid a contingent fee based on recoupments. In 2007 this program was extended and expanded, and it could be extended or expanded further in the future based on the recommendation of CMS and the decision of Congress. Should this occur, we anticipate that the number of overpayment reviews could increase in the


17


Table of Contents

future, and that the reviewers could be more aggressive in making claims for recoupment. If future Medicare reviews result in significant refund payments to the federal government, it would have an adverse effect on our financial results.
 
The reduction in overall Medicaid and Medicare spending pursuant to the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 and the increased costs to comply with the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 could adversely affect our revenue, financial condition or results of operations.
 
The DRA provides for a reduction in overall Medicaid and Medicare spending by approximately $11.0 billion over five years. Under the DRA, individuals who transferred assets for less than fair market value during a five year look-back period will be ineligible for Medicaid for so long as they would have been able to fund their cost of care absent the transfer or until the transfer would no longer have been made during the look-back period. This period is referred to as the penalty period. The DRA also changes the calculation for determining when the penalty period begins, and prohibits states from ignoring small asset transfers and other asset transfer mechanisms. In addition, the legislation reduces Medicare skilled nursing facility bad debt payments by 30% for those individuals who are not dually eligible for Medicaid and Medicare. If any of our existing Medicaid patients become ineligible under the DRA during their stay, it would be difficult for us to collect from them or transfer them, and our revenue could decrease without a corresponding decrease in expenses related to the care of those patients. The loss of revenue associated with potential reductions in skilled nursing facility payments could adversely affect our revenue, financial condition or results of operations. The DRA also requires entities which receive at least $5.0 million in annual Medicaid dollars each year to provide education to their employees concerning false claims laws and protections for whistleblowers. The DRA also requires those entities to provide contractors and vendors with similar information. As a result, we have and will continue to expend resources to meet these requirements. Further, the requirement that we provide education to employees and contractors regarding false claims laws and other fraud and abuse laws may result in increased investigations into these matters.
 
Each year the federal government releases a budget proposal, which, if enacted, may have a material affect on our business. On February 4, 2008, the Bush Administration released its fiscal year 2009 budget proposal, which, if enacted, would significantly reduce Medicare spending totaling $182 billion over five years. Approximately 62% of the proposed five-year reduction total results from reductions in provider update factors, including a three-year freeze for skilled nursing facilities followed by annual updates of the inflation adjustment (or market basket) minus 0.65 percentage points indefinitely thereafter. Additional proposals would reduce provider payments by phasing out bad debt payments to skilled nursing facilities and imposing payment adjustments for five conditions commonly treated in skilled nursing facilities. Further, the proposed budget reiterates a proposal offered in past years by establishing an automatic annual 0.4 percent payment reduction that would take effect absent other Congressional action if general fund expenditures for Medicare exceed 45 percent. The budget also includes a series of proposals having an affect on Medicaid. For example, the budget proposes $18.2 billion in five-year savings from Medicaid, more than half of which, $10.1 billion, would come from reducing matching rates for administrative costs, case management, family planning services, and qualifying individuals.
 
Annual caps that limit the amounts that can be paid for outpatient therapy services rendered to any Medicare beneficiary may reduce our future revenue and profitability or cause us to incur losses.
 
Some of our rehabilitation therapy revenue is paid by the Medicare Part B program under a fee schedule. Congress has established annual caps that limit the amounts that can be paid (including deductible and coinsurance amounts) for rehabilitation therapy services rendered to any Medicare beneficiary under Medicare Part B. The BBA requires a combined cap for physical therapy and speech-language pathology and a separate cap for occupational therapy. Due to a series of moratoria enacted subsequent to the BBA, the caps were only in effect in 1999 and for a few months in 2003. With the expiration of the most recent moratorium, the caps were reinstated on January 1, 2006 at $1,740 for physical therapy and speech therapy, and $1,740 for occupational therapy. Each of these caps increased to $1,780 on January 1, 2007 and $1,810 on January 1, 2008.


18


Table of Contents

The DRA directs CMS to create a process to allow exceptions to therapy caps for certain medically necessary services provided on or after January 1, 2006 for patients with certain conditions or multiple complexities whose therapy services are reimbursed under Medicare Part B. A significant portion of the residents in our skilled nursing facilities and patients served by our rehabilitation therapy programs whose therapy is reimbursed under Medicare Part B have qualified for the exceptions to these reimbursement caps. The Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006 extended the exceptions through the end of 2007. The Medicare, Medicaid and SCHIP Extension Act of 2007 extended these exceptions until June 30, 2008.
 
The application of annual caps, or the discontinuation of exceptions to the annual caps, could have an adverse effect on our rehabilitation therapy revenue. Additionally, the exceptions to these caps may not be extended beyond June 30, 2008, which would have an even greater adverse effect on our revenue.
 
We are subject to extensive and complex federal and state government laws and regulations which could change at any time and increase our cost of doing business and subject us to enforcement actions.
 
We, along with other companies in the healthcare industry, are required to comply with extensive and complex laws and regulations at the federal, state and local government levels relating to, among other things:
 
  •  facility and professional licensure, certificates of need, permits and other government approvals;
 
  •  adequacy and quality of healthcare services;
 
  •  qualifications of healthcare and support personnel;
 
  •  quality of medical equipment;
 
  •  confidentiality, maintenance and security issues associated with medical records and claims processing;
 
  •  relationships with physicians and other referral sources and recipients;
 
  •  constraints on protective contractual provisions with patients and third-party payors;
 
  •  operating policies and procedures;
 
  •  certification of additional facilities by the Medicare program; and
 
  •  payment for services.
 
The laws and regulations governing our operations, along with the terms of participation in various government programs, regulate how we do business, the services we offer, and our interactions with patients and other healthcare providers. These laws and regulations are subject to frequent change. For example, legislation was recently introduced in the U.S. Senate that would require increased public disclosure about our facilities and significantly increase the size of penalties the government can impose for certain deficiencies. We believe that such regulations may increase in the future and we cannot predict the ultimate content, timing or impact on us of any healthcare reform legislation. Changes in existing laws or regulations, or the enactment of new laws or regulations, could negatively impact our business. If we fail to comply with these applicable laws and regulations, we could suffer civil or criminal penalties and other detrimental consequences, including denial of reimbursement, imposition of fines, temporary suspension of admission of new patients, suspension or decertification from the Medicaid and Medicare programs, restrictions on our ability to acquire new facilities or expand or operate existing facilities, the loss of our licenses to operate and the loss of our ability to participate in federal and state reimbursement programs.
 
We are subject to federal and state laws, such as the Federal False Claims Act, state false claims acts, the illegal remuneration provisions of the Social Security Act, the federal anti-kickback laws, state anti-kickback laws, and the federal “Stark” laws, that govern financial and other arrangements among healthcare providers, their owners, vendors and referral sources, and that are intended to prevent healthcare fraud and abuse. Among other things, these laws prohibit kickbacks, bribes and rebates, as well as other direct and indirect payments or fee-splitting arrangements that are designed to induce the referral of patients to a particular provider for medical products or services payable by any federal healthcare program, and prohibit presenting a false or misleading claim for payment under a federal or state program. They also prohibit some physician self-


19


Table of Contents

referrals. Possible sanctions for violation of any of these restrictions or prohibitions include loss of eligibility to participate in federal and state reimbursement programs and civil and criminal penalties. Changes in these laws could increase our cost of doing business. If we fail to comply, even inadvertently, with any of these requirements, we could be required to alter our operations, refund payments to the government, enter into corporate integrity, deferred prosecution or similar agreements with state or federal government agencies, and become subject to significant civil and criminal penalties.
 
We are also required to comply with state and federal laws governing the transmission, privacy and security of health information. The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) requires us to comply with certain standards for the use of individually identifiable health information within our company, and the disclosure and electronic transmission of such information to third parties, such as payors, business associates and patients. These include standards for common electronic healthcare transactions and information, such as claim submission, plan eligibility determination, payment information submission and the use of electronic signatures; unique identifiers for providers, employers and health plans; and the security and privacy of individually identifiable health information. In addition, some states have enacted comparable or, in some cases, more stringent privacy and security laws. If we fail to comply with these state and federal laws, we could be subject to criminal penalties and civil sanctions and be forced to modify our policies and procedures.
 
We are unable to predict the future course of federal, state and local regulation or legislation, including Medicaid and Medicare statutes and regulations. Changes in the regulatory framework, our failure to obtain or renew required regulatory approvals or licenses or to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, the suspension or revocation of our licenses or our disqualification from participation in federal and state reimbursement programs, or the imposition of other harsh enforcement sanctions could increase our cost of doing business and expose us to potential sanctions. Furthermore, if we were to lose licenses or certifications for any of our facilities as a result of regulatory action or otherwise, we could be deemed to be in default under some of our agreements, including agreements governing outstanding indebtedness and lease obligations.
 
Any changes in the interpretation and enforcement of the laws or regulations governing our business could cause us to modify our operations, increase our cost of doing business and subject us to potential regulatory action.
 
The interpretation and enforcement of federal and state laws and regulations governing our operations, including, but not limited to, laws and regulations relating to Medicaid and Medicare, the Federal False Claims Act, state false claims acts, the illegal remuneration provisions of the Social Security Act, the federal anti-kickback laws, state anti-kickback laws, the federal Stark laws, and HIPAA, are subject to frequent change. Governmental authorities may interpret these laws in a manner inconsistent with our interpretation and application. If we fail to comply, even inadvertently, with any of these requirements, we could be required to alter our operations and reduce, forego or refund reimbursements to the government, or incur other significant penalties. We could also be compelled to divert personnel and other resources to responding to an investigation or other enforcement action under these laws or regulations, or to ongoing compliance with a corporate integrity agreement, deferred prosecution agreement, court order or similar agreement. The diversion of these resources, including our management team, clinical and compliance staff, and others, would take away from the time and energy these individuals devote to routine operations. Furthermore, federal, state and local officials are increasingly focusing their efforts on enforcement of these laws, particularly with respect to providers who share common ownership or control with other providers. The increased enforcement of these requirements could affect our ability to expand into new markets, to expand our services and facilities in existing markets and, if any of our presently licensed facilities were to operate outside of its licensing authority, may subject us to penalties, including closure of the facility. Changes in the interpretation and enforcement of existing laws or regulations could increase our cost of doing business.
 
We are unable to predict the intensity of federal and state enforcement actions or the areas in which regulators may choose to focus their investigations at any given time. Changes in government agency interpretation of applicable regulatory requirements, or changes in enforcement methodologies, including


20


Table of Contents

increases in the scope and severity of deficiencies determined by survey or inspection officials, could increase our cost of doing business. Furthermore, should we lose licenses or certifications for any of our facilities as a result of changing regulatory interpretations, enforcement actions or otherwise, we could be deemed to be in default under some of our agreements, including agreements governing outstanding indebtedness and lease obligations.
 
Increased civil and criminal enforcement efforts of government agencies against skilled nursing facilities could harm our business, and could preclude us from participating in federal healthcare programs.
 
Both federal and state government agencies have heightened and coordinated civil and criminal enforcement efforts as part of numerous ongoing investigations of healthcare companies and, in particular, skilled nursing facilities. The focus of these investigations includes, among other things:
 
  •  cost reporting and billing practices;
 
  •  quality of care;
 
  •  financial relationships with referral sources; and
 
  •  medical necessity of services provided.
 
If any of our facilities is decertified or loses its licenses, our revenue, financial condition or results of operations would be adversely affected. In addition, the report of such issues at any of our facilities could harm our reputation for quality care and lead to a reduction in our patient referrals and ultimately a reduction in occupancy at these facilities. Also, responding to enforcement efforts would divert material time, resources and attention from our management team and our staff, and could have a materially detrimental impact on our results of operations during and after any such investigation or proceedings, regardless of whether we prevail on the underlying claim.
 
Federal law provides that practitioners, providers and related persons may not participate in most federal healthcare programs, including the Medicaid and Medicare programs, if the individual or entity has been convicted of a criminal offense related to the delivery of a product or service under these programs or if the individual or entity has been convicted under state or federal law of a criminal offense relating to neglect or abuse of patients in connection with the delivery of a healthcare product or service. Other individuals or entities may be, but are not required to be, excluded from such programs under certain circumstances, including, but not limited to, the following:
 
  •  conviction related to fraud;
 
  •  conviction relating to obstruction of an investigation;
 
  •  conviction relating to a controlled substance;
 
  •  licensure revocation or suspension;
 
  •  exclusion or suspension from state or other federal healthcare programs;
 
  •  filing claims for excessive charges or unnecessary services or failure to furnish medically necessary services;
 
  •  ownership or control of an entity by an individual who has been excluded from the Medicaid or Medicare programs, against whom a civil monetary penalty related to the Medicaid or Medicare programs has been assessed or who has been convicted of a criminal offense under federal healthcare programs; and
 
  •  the transfer of ownership or control interest in an entity to an immediate family or household member in anticipation of, or following, a conviction, assessment or exclusion from the Medicare or Medicaid programs.
 
The Office of Inspector General (OIG), among other priorities, is responsible for identifying and eliminating fraud, abuse and waste in certain federal healthcare programs. The OIG has implemented a


21


Table of Contents

nationwide program of audits, inspections and investigations and from time to time issues “fraud alerts” to segments of the healthcare industry on particular practices that are vulnerable to abuse. The fraud alerts inform healthcare providers of potentially abusive practices or transactions that are subject to criminal activity and reportable to the OIG. An increasing level of resources has been devoted to the investigation of allegations of fraud and abuse in the Medicaid and Medicare programs, and federal and state regulatory authorities are taking an increasingly strict view of the requirements imposed on healthcare providers by the Social Security Act and Medicaid and Medicare programs. Although we have created a corporate compliance program that we believe is consistent with the OIG guidelines, the OIG may modify its guidelines or interpret its guidelines in a manner inconsistent with our interpretation or the OIG may ultimately determine that our corporate compliance program is insufficient.
 
In some circumstances, if one facility is convicted of abusive or fraudulent behavior, then other facilities under common control or ownership may be decertified from participating in Medicaid or Medicare programs. Federal regulations prohibit any corporation or facility from participating in federal contracts if it or its principals have been barred, suspended or declared ineligible from participating in federal contracts. In addition, some state regulations provide that all facilities under common control or ownership licensed within a state may be de-licensed if one or more of the facilities are de-licensed. If any of our facilities were decertified or excluded from participating in Medicaid or Medicare programs, our revenue would be adversely affected.
 
Public and governmental calls for increased survey and enforcement efforts against long-term care facilities could result in increased scrutiny by state and federal survey agencies.
 
CMS has undertaken several initiatives to increase or intensify Medicaid and Medicare survey and enforcement activities, including federal oversight of state actions. CMS is taking steps to focus more survey and enforcement efforts on facilities with findings of substandard care or repeat violations of Medicaid and Medicare standards, and to identify multi-facility providers with patterns of noncompliance. In addition, the Department of Health and Human Services has adopted a rule that requires CMS to charge user fees to healthcare facilities cited during regular certification, recertification or substantiated complaint surveys for deficiencies, which require a revisit to assure that corrections have been made. CMS is also increasing its oversight of state survey agencies and requiring state agencies to use enforcement sanctions and remedies more promptly when substandard care or repeat violations are identified, to investigate complaints more promptly, and to survey facilities more consistently.
 
In addition, CMS has adopted, and is considering additional regulations expanding, federal and state authority to impose civil monetary penalties in instances of noncompliance. When a facility is found to be deficient under state licensing and Medicaid and Medicare standards, sanctions may be threatened or imposed such as denial of payment for new Medicaid and Medicare admissions, civil monetary penalties, focused state and federal oversight and even loss of eligibility for Medicaid and Medicare participation or state licensure. Sanctions such as denial of payment for new admissions often are scheduled to go into effect before surveyors return to verify compliance. Generally, if the surveyors confirm that the facility is in compliance upon their return, the sanctions never take effect. However, if they determine that the facility is not in compliance, the denial of payment goes into effect retroactive to the date given in the original notice. This possibility sometimes leaves affected operators, including us, with the difficult task of deciding whether to continue accepting patients after the potential denial of payment date, thus risking the retroactive denial of revenue associated with those patients’ care if the operators are later found to be out of compliance, or simply refusing admissions from the potential denial of payment date until the facility is actually found to be in compliance.
 
Facilities with otherwise acceptable regulatory histories generally are given an opportunity to correct deficiencies and continue their participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs by a certain date, usually within six months, although where denial of payment remedies are asserted, such interim remedies go into effect much sooner. Facilities with deficiencies that immediately jeopardize patient health and safety and those that are classified as poor performing facilities, however, are not generally given an opportunity to correct their deficiencies prior to the imposition of remedies and other enforcement actions. Moreover, facilities with poor regulatory histories continue to be classified by CMS as poor performing facilities notwithstanding any


22


Table of Contents

intervening change in ownership, unless the new owner obtains a new Medicare provider agreement instead of assuming the facility’s existing agreement. However, new owners (including us, historically) nearly always assume the existing Medicare provider agreement due to the difficulty and time delays generally associated with obtaining new Medicare certifications, especially in previously-certified locations with sub-par operating histories. Accordingly, facilities that have poor regulatory histories before we acquire them and that develop new deficiencies after we acquire them are more likely to have sanctions imposed upon them by CMS or state regulators. In addition, CMS has increased its focus on facilities with a history of serious quality of care problems through the special focus facility initiative. A facility’s administrators and owners are notified when it is identified as a special focus facility. This information is also provided to the general public. The special focus facility designation is based in part on the facility’s compliance history typically dating before our acquisition of the facility. Local state survey agencies recommend to CMS that facilities be placed on special focus status. A special focus facility receives heightened scrutiny and more frequent regulatory surveys. Failure to improve the quality of care can result in fines and termination from participation in Medicare and Medicaid. A facility “graduates” from the program once it demonstrates significant improvements in quality of care that are continued over time. We currently have two facilities operating under special focus status, and the state survey agency has indicated that a portion of the historical non-compliance considered in placing one of the facilities on special focus status predated our October 2006 acquisition of the facility.
 
State efforts to regulate or deregulate the healthcare services or construction or expansion of healthcare facilities could impair our ability to expand our operations, or could result in increased competition.
 
Some states require healthcare providers, including skilled nursing facilities, to obtain prior approval, known as a certificate of need, for:
 
  •  the purchase, construction or expansion of healthcare facilities;
 
  •  capital expenditures exceeding a prescribed amount; or
 
  •  changes in services or bed capacity.
 
In addition, other states that do not require certificates of need have effectively barred the expansion of existing facilities and the development of new ones by placing partial or complete moratoria on the number of new Medicaid beds they will certify in certain areas or in the entire state. Other states have established such stringent development standards and approval procedures for constructing new healthcare facilities that the construction of new facilities, or the expansion or renovation of existing facilities, may become cost-prohibitive or extremely time-consuming. Our ability to acquire or construct new facilities or expand or provide new services at existing facilities would be adversely affected if we are unable to obtain the necessary approvals, if there are changes in the standards applicable to those approvals, or if we experience delays and increased expenses associated with obtaining those approvals. We may not be able to obtain licensure, certificate of need approval, Medicaid certification, or other necessary approvals for future expansion projects. Conversely, the elimination or reduction of state regulations that limit the construction, expansion or renovation of new or existing facilities could result in increased competition to us or result in overbuilding of facilities in some of our markets.
 
Overbuilding in certain markets, increased competition and increased operating costs may adversely affect our ability to generate and increase our revenue and profits and to pursue our growth strategy.
 
The skilled nursing and long-term care industries are highly competitive and may become more competitive in the future. We compete with numerous other companies that provide long-term and rehabilitative care alternatives such as home healthcare agencies, life care at home, facility-based service programs, retirement communities, convalescent centers and other independent living, assisted living and skilled nursing providers, including not-for-profit entities. We have experienced and expect to continue to experience increased competition in our efforts to acquire and operate skilled nursing facilities. Consequently, we may encounter increased competition that could limit our ability to attract new patients, raise patient fees or expand our business.


23


Table of Contents

In addition, if overbuilding in the skilled nursing industry in the markets in which we operate were to occur, it could reduce the occupancy rates of existing facilities and, in some cases, might reduce the private rates that we charge for our services.
 
Changes in federal and state employment-related laws and regulations could increase our cost of doing business.
 
Our operations are subject to a variety of federal and state employment-related laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, the U.S. Fair Labor Standards Act which governs such matters as minimum wages, overtime and other working conditions, the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and similar state laws that provide civil rights protections to individuals with disabilities in the context of employment, public accommodations and other areas, the National Labor Relations Act, regulations of the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, regulations of the Office of Civil Rights, regulations of state Attorneys General, family leave mandates and a variety of similar laws enacted by the federal and state governments that govern these and other employment law matters. Because labor represents such a large portion of our operating costs, changes in federal and state employment-related laws and regulations could increase our cost of doing business.
 
The compliance costs associated with these laws and evolving regulations could be substantial. For example, all of our facilities are required to comply with the ADA. The ADA has separate compliance requirements for “public accommodations” and “commercial properties,” but generally requires that buildings be made accessible to people with disabilities. Compliance with ADA requirements could require removal of access barriers and non-compliance could result in imposition of government fines or an award of damages to private litigants. Further legislation may impose additional burdens or restrictions with respect to access by disabled persons. In addition, federal proposals to introduce a system of mandated health insurance and flexible work time and other similar initiatives could, if implemented, adversely affect our operations. We also may be subject to employee-related claims such as wrongful discharge, discrimination or violation of equal employment law. While we are insured for these types of claims, we could experience damages that are not covered by our insurance policies or that exceed our insurance limits, and we may be required to pay such damages directly, which would negatively impact our cash flow from operations.
 
Compliance with federal and state fair housing, fire, safety and other regulations may require us to make unanticipated expenditures, which could be costly to us.
 
We must comply with the federal Fair Housing Act and similar state laws, which prohibit us from discriminating against individuals on certain bases in any of our practices if it would cause such individuals to face barriers in gaining residency in any of our facilities. Additionally, the Fair Housing Act and other similar state laws require that we advertise our services in such a way that we promote diversity and not limit it. We may be required, among other things, to change our marketing techniques to comply with these requirements.
 
In addition, we are required to operate our facilities in compliance with applicable fire and safety regulations, building codes and other land use regulations and food licensing or certification requirements as they may be adopted by governmental agencies and bodies from time to time. Like other healthcare facilities, our skilled nursing facilities are subject to periodic surveys or inspections by governmental authorities to assess and assure compliance with regulatory requirements. Surveys occur on a regular (often annual or biannual) schedule, and special surveys may result from a specific complaint filed by a patient, a family member or one of our competitors. We may be required to make substantial capital expenditures to comply with these requirements.


24


Table of Contents

We are subject to environmental and occupational health and safety regulations, which may subject us to sanctions, penalties and increased costs.
 
We are subject to a wide variety of federal, state and local environmental and occupational health and safety laws and regulations. The types of regulatory requirements to which we are subject include, but are not limited to:
 
  •  air and water quality control requirements;
 
  •  occupational health and safety requirements (such as standards regarding blood-borne pathogens and ergonomics) and waste management requirements;
 
  •  specific regulatory requirements applicable to asbestos, mold, lead-based paint and underground storage tanks; and
 
  •  requirements for providing notice to employees and members of the public about hazardous materials and wastes.
 
If we fail to comply with these and other standards, we may be subject to sanctions and penalties. In addition, complying with these and other standards may increase our cost of doing business.
 
We depend largely upon reimbursement from third-party payors, and our revenue, financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted by any changes in the acuity mix of patients in our facilities as well as payor mix and payment methodologies.
 
Our revenue is affected by the percentage of our patients who require a high level of skilled nursing and rehabilitative care, whom we refer to as high acuity patients, and by our mix of payment sources. Changes in the acuity level of patients we attract, as well as our payor mix among Medicaid, Medicare, private payors and managed care companies, significantly affect our profitability because we generally receive higher reimbursement rates for high acuity patients and because the payors reimburse us at different rates. Governmental payment programs are subject to statutory and regulatory changes, retroactive rate adjustments, administrative or executive orders and government funding restrictions, all of which may materially increase or decrease the rate of program payments to us for our services. For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, 74% and 75% of our revenue, respectively, was provided by government payors that reimburse us at predetermined rates. If our labor or other operating costs increase, we will be unable to recover such increased costs from government payors. Accordingly, if we fail to maintain our proportion of high acuity patients or if there is any significant increase in the percentage of our patients for whom we receive Medicaid reimbursement, our results of operations may be adversely affected.
 
Initiatives undertaken by major insurers and managed care companies to contain healthcare costs may adversely affect our business. These payors attempt to control healthcare costs by contracting with healthcare providers to obtain services on a discounted basis. We believe that this trend will continue and may limit reimbursements for healthcare services. If insurers or managed care companies from whom we receive substantial payments were to reduce the amounts they pay for services, we may lose patients if we choose not to renew our contracts with these insurers at lower rates.
 
Increased competition for, or a shortage of, nurses and other skilled personnel could increase our staffing and labor costs and subject us to monetary fines.
 
Our success depends upon our ability to retain and attract nurses, Certified Nurse Assistants (CNAs) and therapists. Our success also depends upon our ability to retain and attract skilled management personnel who are responsible for the day-to-day operations of each of our facilities. Each facility has a facility leader responsible for the overall day-to-day operations of the facility, including quality of care, social services and financial performance. Depending upon the size of the facility, each facility leader is supported by facility staff who are directly responsible for day-to-day care of the patients and either facility staff or regional support to oversee the facility’s marketing and community outreach programs. Other key positions supporting each facility may include individuals responsible for physical, occupational and speech therapy, food service and


25


Table of Contents

maintenance. We compete with various healthcare service providers, including other skilled nursing providers, in retaining and attracting qualified and skilled personnel.
 
We operate one or more skilled nursing facilities in the states of California, Arizona, Texas, Washington, Utah and Idaho. With the exception of Utah, which follows federal regulations, each of these states has established minimum staffing requirements for facilities operating in that state. In California, the California Department of Health Services (DHS) enforces legislation that requires each skilled nursing facility to provide a minimum of 3.2 nursing hours per patient day. DHS enforces this requirement primarily through on-site reviews conducted during periodic licensing and certification surveys and in response to complaints. If a facility is determined to be out of compliance with this minimum staffing requirement, DHS may issue a notice of deficiency, or a citation, depending on the impact on patient care. A citation carries with it the imposition of monetary fines that can range from $100 to $100,000 per citation. The issuance of either a notice of deficiency or a citation requires the facility to prepare and implement an acceptable plan of correction. If we are unable to satisfy the minimum staffing requirements required by DHS, we could be subject to significant monetary fines. In addition, if DHS were to issue regulations which materially change the way compliance with the minimum staffing standard is calculated or enforced, our labor costs could increase and the current shortage of healthcare workers could impact us more significantly.
 
Washington requires that at least one registered nurse directly supervise resident care for a minimum of 16 hours per day, seven days per week, and that one registered nurse or licensed practical nurse directly supervise resident care during the remaining eight hours per day, seven days per week. State regulators may inspect skilled nursing facilities at any time to verify compliance with these requirements. If deficiencies are found, regulators may issue a citation and require the facility to prepare and execute a plan of correction. Failure to satisfactorily complete a plan of correction can result in civil fines of between $50 and $3,000 per day or between $1,000 and $3,000 per instance. Failure to correct deficiencies can also result in the suspension, revocation or nonrenewal of the skilled nursing facility’s license. In addition, deficiencies can result in the suspension of resident admissions and/or the termination of Medicaid participation. If we are unable to satisfy the minimum staffing requirements in Washington, we could be subject to monetary fines and potential loss of license.
 
In Idaho, skilled nursing facilities with 59 or fewer residents must provide an average of 2.4 nursing hours per resident per day, including the supervising nurse’s hours. Skilled nursing facilities with 60 or more residents must provide an average of 2.4 nursing hours per resident per day, excluding the supervising nurse’s hours. A facility complies with these requirements if the total nursing hours for the previous seven days equal or exceed the minimum staffing ratio for the period, averaged on a daily basis, if the facility has received prior approval to calculate nursing hours in this manner. State regulators may inspect at any time to verify compliance with these requirements. If any deficiencies are found and not timely or adequately corrected, regulators can revoke the facility’s skilled nursing facility license. If we are unable to satisfy the minimum staffing requirements in Idaho, we could be subject to potential loss of our license.
 
Texas requires that a facility maintain a ratio of one licensed nursing staff person for each 20 residents for every 24 hour period, or a minimum of 0.4 licensed-care hours per resident day. State regulators may inspect a facility at any time to verify compliance with these requirements. Uncorrected deficiencies can result in the civil fines of between $100 and $10,000 per day per deficiency. Failure to correct deficiencies can further result in the revocation of the facility’s skilled nursing facility license. In addition, deficiencies can result in the suspension of patient admissions and/or the termination of Medicaid participation. If we are unable to satisfy the minimum staffing requirements in Texas, we could be subject to monetary fines and potential loss of our license.
 
Arizona requires that at least one nurse must be present and responsible for providing direct care to not more than 64 residents. State regulators may impose civil fines for a facility’s failure to comply with the laws and regulations governing skilled nursing facilities. Violations can result in civil fines in an amount not to exceed $500 per violation. Each day that a violation occurs constitutes a separate violation. In addition, such noncompliance can result in the suspension or revocation of the facility’s license. If we are unable to satisfy the minimum staffing requirements in Arizona, we could be subject to fines and/or revocation of license.


26


Table of Contents

Utah has no state-specific minimum staffing requirement beyond those required by federal regulations. Federal law requires that a facility have sufficient nursing staff to provide nursing and related services. Sufficient staff means, unless waived under certain circumstances, a licensed nurse to function as the charge nurse, and the services of a registered nurse for at least eight consecutive hours per day, seven days per week.
 
Failure to comply with these requirements can, among other things, jeopardize a facility’s compliance with the conditions of participation under relevant state and federal healthcare programs.
 
We have hired personnel, including skilled nurses and therapists, from outside the United States. If immigration laws are changed, or if new and more restrictive government regulations proposed by the Department of Homeland Security are enacted, our access to qualified and skilled personnel may be limited. Increased competition for or a shortage of nurses or other trained personnel, or general inflationary pressures may require that we enhance our pay and benefits packages to compete effectively for such personnel. We may not be able to offset such added costs by increasing the rates we charge to our patients. Turnover rates and the magnitude of the shortage of nurses or other trained personnel vary substantially from facility to facility. An increase in costs associated with, or a shortage of, skilled nurses, could negatively impact our business. In addition, if we fail to attract and retain qualified and skilled personnel, our ability to conduct our business operations effectively would be harmed.
 
We are subject to litigation that could result in significant legal costs and large settlement amounts or damage awards.
 
The skilled nursing business involves a significant risk of liability given the age and health of our patients and residents and the services we provide. We and others in our industry are subject to a large and increasing number of claims and lawsuits, including professional liability claims, alleging that our services have resulted in personal injury, elder abuse, wrongful death or other related claims. The defense of these lawsuits may result in significant legal costs, regardless of the outcome, and can result in large settlement amounts or damage awards. Plaintiffs tend to sue every healthcare provider who may have been involved in the patient’s care and, accordingly, we respond to multiple lawsuits and claims every year.
 
In addition, plaintiffs’ attorneys have become increasingly more aggressive in their pursuit of claims against healthcare providers, including skilled nursing providers and other long-term care companies, and have employed a wide variety of advertising and publicity strategies. Among other things, these strategies include establishing their own Internet websites, paying for premium advertising space on other websites, paying Internet search engines to optimize their plaintiff solicitation advertising so that it appears in advantageous positions on Internet search results, including results from searches for our company and facilities, using newspaper, magazine and television ads targeted at customers of the healthcare industry generally, as well as at customers of specific providers, including us. From time to time, law firms claiming to specialize in long-term care litigation have named us, our facilities and other specific healthcare providers and facilities in their advertising and solicitation materials. These advertising and solicitation activities could result in more claims and litigation, which could increase our liability exposure and legal expenses, divert the time and attention of our personnel from day-to-day business operations, and materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Certain lawsuits filed on behalf of patients of long-term care facilities for alleged negligence and/or alleged abuses have resulted in large damage awards against other companies, both in and related to our industry. In addition, there has been an increase in the number of class action suits filed against long-term and rehabilitative care companies. A class action suit was previously filed against us alleging, among other things, violations of certain California Health and Safety Code provisions and a violation of the California Consumer Legal Remedies Act at certain of our facilities. We settled this class action suit and this settlement was approved by the affected class and the Court in April 2007. However, we could be subject to similar actions in the future.
 
In addition to the class action, professional liability and other types of lawsuits and claims described above, we are also subject to potential lawsuits under the Federal False Claims Act and comparable state laws governing submission of fraudulent claims for services to any healthcare program (such as Medicare) or payor.


27


Table of Contents

These lawsuits, which may be initiated by the government or by a private party asserting direct knowledge of the claimed fraud or misconduct, can result in the imposition on a company of significant monetary damages, fines and attorney fees (a portion of which may be awarded to the private parties who successfully identify the subject practices), as well as significant legal expenses and other costs to the company in connection with defending against such claims. Insurance is not available to cover such losses. Penalties for Federal False Claims Act violations include fines ranging from $5,500 to $11,000 for each false claim, plus up to three times the amount of damages sustained by the federal government. A violation may also provide the basis for exclusion from federally-funded healthcare programs. If one of our facilities or key employees were excluded from such participation, such exclusion could have a correlative negative impact on our financial performance. In addition, some states, including California, Arizona and Texas, have enacted similar whistleblower and false claims laws and regulations.
 
In addition, the DRA created incentives for states to enact anti-fraud legislation modeled on the Federal False Claims Act. The DRA sets forth standards for state false claims acts to meet, including: (a) liability to the state for false or fraudulent claims with respect to any expenditure described in the Medicaid program; (b) provisions at least as effective as federal provisions in rewarding and facilitating whistleblower actions; (c) requirements for filing actions under seal for sixty days with review by the state’s attorney general; and (d) civil penalties no less than authorized under the federal statutes. As such, we could face increased scrutiny, potential liability and legal expenses and costs based on claims under state false claims acts in existing and future markets in which we do business. Any of this potential litigation could result in significant legal costs and large settlement amounts or damage awards.
 
In addition, we contract with a variety of landlords, lenders, vendors, suppliers, consultants and other individuals and businesses. These contracts typically contain covenants and default provisions. If the other party to one or more of our contracts were to allege that we have violated the contract terms, we could be subject to civil liabilities. In one case, one of our landlords has filed suit alleging we are in default under one of our facility leases and is claiming damages arising from the alleged default. If we are unsuccessful in defending the litigation, we could be required to pay significant damages, which we believe have been adequately reserved for, and/or submit to other remedies available to the landlord under the lease agreement or applicable laws, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Were litigation to be instituted against one or more of our subsidiaries, a successful plaintiff might attempt to hold us or another subsidiary liable for the alleged wrongdoing of the subsidiary principally targeted by the litigation. If a court in such litigation decided to disregard the corporate form, the resulting judgment could increase our liability and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
 
As Medicare and Medicaid certified providers, our operating subsidiaries undergo periodic audits and “probe reviews” by government agents, which can result in recoupments of prior revenue of the government, cause further reimbursements to be delayed or held and could result in civil or criminal sanctions.
 
Our facilities undergo regular claims submission audits by government reimbursement programs in the normal course of their business, and such audits can result in adjustments to their past billings and reimbursements from such programs. In addition to such audits, several of our facilities have recently participated in more intensive “probe reviews” as described above, conducted by our Medicare fiscal intermediary. Some of these probe reviews identified patient miscoding, documentation deficiencies and other errors in recordkeeping and Medicare billing. If the government or court were to conclude that such errors and deficiencies constituted criminal violations, or were to conclude that such errors and deficiencies resulted in the submission of false claims to federal healthcare programs, or if it were to discover other problems in addition to the ones identified by the probe reviews that rose to actionable levels, we and certain of our officers might face potential criminal charges and/or civil claims, administrative sanctions and penalties for amounts that could be material to our business, results of operations and financial condition. Such amounts could include claims for treble damages and penalties of up to $11,000 per false claim submitted to a federal healthcare program.


28


Table of Contents

In addition, we and/or some of our key personnel could be temporarily or permanently excluded from future participation in state and federal healthcare reimbursement programs such as Medicaid and Medicare. In any event, it is likely that a governmental investigation alone, regardless of its outcome, would divert material time, resources and attention from our management team and our staff, and could have a materially detrimental impact on our results of operations during and after any such investigation or proceedings.
 
The U.S. Department of Justice is conducting an investigation into the billing and reimbursement processes of some of our operating subsidiaries, which could adversely affect our operations and financial condition.
 
In March 2007, we and certain of our officers received a series of notices from our bank indicating that the United States Attorney for the Central District of California had issued an authorized investigative demand, a request for records similar to a subpoena, to our bank requesting documents related to financial transactions involving us, ten of our operating subsidiaries, an outside investor group, and certain of our current and former officers. The U.S. Attorney voluntarily rescinded the demand before the bank delivered any documents. Subsequently, in June 2007, the U.S. Attorney sent a letter to one of our current employees requesting a meeting. The letter indicated that the U.S. Attorney and the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General were conducting an investigation of claims submitted to the Medicare program for rehabilitation services provided at our skilled nursing facilities. Although both we and the employee offered to cooperate, the U.S. Attorney later withdrew its meeting request. From these contacts, we believed that an investigation was underway, but to date we have been unable to determine the exact cause or nature of the U.S. Attorney’s interest in us or our subsidiaries, and until recently we have been unable to even verify whether the investigation was continuing.
 
On December 17, 2007, we were informed by Deloitte & Touche LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm that the U.S. Attorney served a grand jury subpoena on Deloitte & Touche LLP, relating to The Ensign Group, Inc., and several of our operating subsidiaries. The subpoena confirmed our previously reported belief that the U.S. Attorney is conducting an investigation involving certain of our operating subsidiaries. Based on these most recent events, we believe that the United States Government may be conducting parallel criminal, civil and administrative investigations involving The Ensign Group and one or more of our skilled nursing facilities. To our knowledge, however, neither The Ensign Group, Inc. nor any of its operating subsidiaries or employees has been formally charged with any wrongdoing, served with any related subpoenas or requests, or directly notified of any concerns or investigations by the U.S. Attorney or any government agency. Subsequently, in February 2008, the U.S. Attorney contacted two additional current employees. Both we and all three of the employees contacted have offered to cooperate and meet with the U.S. Attorney. To date, the U.S. Attorney’s office has declined to provide us with any specific information with respect to this matter, other than to confirm that an investigation is ongoing. We have continued to request a meeting with the U.S. Attorney to discuss the grand jury subpoena, our internal investigation described below, and any specific allegations or concerns they may have. We cannot predict or provide any assurance as to the possible outcome of the investigation or any possible related proceedings, or as to the possible outcome of any qui tam litigation that may follow, nor can we estimate the possible loss or range of loss that may result from any such proceedings and, therefore, we have not recorded any related accruals. To the extent the U.S. Attorney’s office elects to pursue this matter, or if the investigation has been instigated by a qui tam relator who elects to pursue the matter, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected and our stock price could decline.
 
We conducted an internal investigation into the billing and reimbursement processes of some of our operating subsidiaries.
 
We initiated an internal investigation in November 2006 when we became aware of an allegation of possible reimbursement irregularities at one or more of our facilities. We retained outside counsel to assist us in looking into these matters. We and our outside counsel have concluded this investigation without identifying any systemic or patterns and practices of fraudulent or intentional misconduct. We made observations at certain facilities regarding areas of potential improvement in some of our recordkeeping and billing practices,


29


Table of Contents

and have implemented measures, some of which were already underway before the investigation began, that we believe will strengthen our recordkeeping and billing processes. None of these additional findings or observations appears to be rooted in fraudulent or intentional misconduct. We continue to evaluate the measures we have implemented for effectiveness, and we are continuing to seek ways to improve these processes.
 
As a byproduct of our investigation we identified a limited number of selected Medicare claims for which adequate backup documentation could not be located or for which other billing deficiencies exist. We, with the assistance of independent consultants experienced in Medicare billing, completed a billing review on these claims. To the extent missing documentation was not located, we treated the claims as overpayments. Consistent with healthcare industry accounting practices, we record any charge for refunded payments against revenue in the period in which the claim adjustment becomes known. During the year ended December 31, 2007, we accrued a liability of approximately $224,000, plus interest, for selected Medicare claims for which documentation has not been located or for other billing deficiencies identified to date. The remittance of these claims started with the filing of our Quarterly Credit Balance Reports which were submitted to our Medicare Fiscal Intermediary on or before January 31, 2008, and will be completed with the next Quarterly Credit Balance Reports which will be submitted on or before April 30, 2008. If additional reviews result in identification and quantification of additional amounts to be refunded, we would accrue additional liabilities for claim costs and interest, and repay any amounts due in normal course. If future investigations ultimately result in findings of significant billing and reimbursement noncompliance which could require us to record significant additional provisions or remit payments, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected and our stock price could decline.
 
We may be unable to complete future facility acquisitions at attractive prices or at all, which may adversely affect our revenue; we may also elect to dispose of underperforming or non-strategic operations, which would also decrease our revenue.
 
To date, our revenue growth has been significantly driven by our acquisition of new facilities. Subject to general market conditions and the availability of essential resources and leadership within our company, we continue to seek both single- and multi-facility acquisition opportunities that are consistent with our geographic, financial and operating objectives.
 
We face competition for the acquisition of facilities and expect this competition to increase. Based upon factors such as our ability to identify suitable acquisition candidates, the purchase price of the facilities, prevailing market conditions, the availability of leadership to manage new facilities and our own willingness to take on new operations, the rate at which we have historically acquired facilities has fluctuated significantly. In the future, we anticipate the rate at which we may acquire facilities will continue to fluctuate, which may affect our revenue.
 
We have also historically acquired a few facilities, either because they were included in larger, indivisible groups of facilities or under other circumstances, which were or have proven to be non-strategic or less desirable, and we may consider disposing of such facilities or exchanging them for facilities which are more desirable. To the extent we dispose of such a facility without simultaneously acquiring a facility in exchange, our revenues might decrease.
 
We may not be able to successfully integrate acquired facilities into our operations, and we may not achieve the benefits we expect from any of our facility acquisitions.
 
We may not be able to successfully or efficiently integrate new acquisitions with our existing operations, culture and systems. The process of integrating acquired facilities into our existing operations may result in unforeseen operating difficulties, divert management’s attention from existing operations, or require an unexpected commitment of staff and financial resources, and may ultimately be unsuccessful. Existing facilities available for acquisition frequently serve or target different markets than those that we currently serve. We also may determine that renovations of acquired facilities and changes in staff and operating management personnel are necessary to successfully integrate those facilities into our existing operations. We


30


Table of Contents

may not be able to recover the costs incurred to reposition or renovate newly acquired facilities. The financial benefits we expect to realize from many of our acquisitions are largely dependent upon our ability to improve clinical performance, overcome regulatory deficiencies, rehabilitate or improve the reputation of the facilities in the community, increase and maintain occupancy, control costs, and in some cases change the patient acuity mix. If we are unable to accomplish any of these objectives at facilities we acquire, we will not realize the anticipated benefits and we may experience lower-than anticipated profits, or even losses.
 
In 2006, we acquired ten skilled nursing facilities and one assisted living facility with a total of 1,160 beds. In 2007, we acquired three skilled nursing facilities and one campus that offers both skilled nursing and assisted living services, with a total of 508 beds. This growth has placed and will continue to place significant demands on our current management resources. Our ability to manage our growth effectively and to successfully integrate new acquisitions into our existing business will require us to continue to expand our operational, financial and management information systems and to continue to retain, attract, train, motivate and manage key employees, including facility-level leaders and our local directors of nursing. We may not be successful in attracting qualified individuals necessary for any future acquisitions to be successful, and our management team may expend significant time and energy working to attract qualified personnel to manage facilities we may acquire in the future. Also, the newly acquired facilities may require us to spend significant time improving services that have historically been substandard, and if we are unable to improve such facilities quickly enough, we may be subject to litigation and/or loss of licensure or certification. If we are not able to successfully overcome these and other integration challenges, we may not achieve the benefits we expect from any of our facility acquisitions, and our business may suffer.
 
In undertaking acquisitions, we may be adversely impacted by costs, liabilities and regulatory issues that may adversely affect our operations.
 
In undertaking acquisitions, we also may be adversely impacted by unforeseen liabilities attributable to the prior providers who operated those facilities, against whom we may have little or no recourse. Many facilities we have historically acquired were underperforming financially and had clinical and regulatory issues. Even though we believe we have improved operations and patient care at facilities that we have acquired, we still may face post-acquisition regulatory issues, including, without limitation, payment recoupment related to our predecessors’ prior noncompliance and/or our own inability to quickly bring non-compliant facilities into full compliance. Diligence materials pertaining to acquisition targets, especially the underperforming facilities that often represent the greatest opportunity for return, are often inadequate, inaccurate or impossible to obtain, sometimes requiring us to make acquisition decisions with incomplete information. Despite our due diligence procedures, facilities that we may acquire in the future may generate unexpectedly low returns, may cause us to incur substantial losses, or may not meet a risk profile that our investors find acceptable. For example, in October 2006 we acquired a facility that had a history of intermittent noncompliance. Based, in part, on the facility’s compliance history dating before our acquisition of the facility, local state survey agencies recommended to CMS that the facility be placed on special focus facility status. The facility will remain on special focus until it is able to successfully meet a number of heightened regulatory requirements. In addition, in July of 2006, we acquired a facility which had a history of non-compliance. Although the facility has since been surveyed by the local state survey agency and the survey met the heightened requirements to graduate from the special focus facility program, the state officials nevertheless recommend that the facility remain on the special focus facility status based on a serious incidence of non-compliance which occurred prior to our acquisition of the facility. This facility will remain in special focus until it is able to successfully meet the heightened regulatory requirements which will include passing two surveys under the heightened requirements.
 
In addition, we might encounter unanticipated difficulties and expenditures relating to any of the acquired facilities, including contingent liabilities. For example, when we acquire a facility, we generally assume the facility’s existing Medicare provider number for purposes of billing Medicare for services. If CMS later determined that the prior owner of the facility had received overpayments from Medicare for the period of time during which it operated the facility, or had incurred fees in connection with the operation of the facility, CMS could hold us liable for repayment of the overpayments or fines. If the prior operator is defunct or


31


Table of Contents

otherwise unable to reimburse us, we may be unable to recover these funds. We may be unable to improve every facility that we acquire. In addition, operation of these facilities may divert management time and attention from other operations and priorities, negatively impact cash flows, result in adverse or unanticipated accounting charges, or otherwise damage other areas of our company if they are not timely and adequately improved.
 
We are subject to reviews relating to Medicare overpayments, which could result in recoupment to the federal government of Medicare revenue.
 
We are subject to reviews relating to Medicare services, billings and potential overpayments. Recent probe reviews, as described above, resulted in Medicare revenue recoupment, net of appeal recoveries, to the federal government and related resident copayments of approximately $35,000 during the year ended December 31, 2007, $253,000 in fiscal year 2006 and $215,000 in fiscal year 2005. We anticipate that these probe reviews will increase in frequency in the future. In addition, two of our facilities are currently on prepayment review, and others may be placed on prepayment review in the future. If a facility fails prepayment review, the facility could then be subject to undergo targeted review, which is a review that targets perceived claims deficiencies. We have no facilities that are currently undergoing targeted review.
 
Separately, the federal government has also introduced a program that utilizes independent contractors (other than the fiscal intermediaries) to identify and recoup Medicare overpayments. These recovery audit contractors are paid a contingent fee on recoupments. This pilot program is now being expanded by CMS and we anticipate that the number of overpayment reviews will increase in the future, and that the reviewers could be more aggressive in making claims for recoupment. One of our facilities has been subjected to review under this program, resulting in a recoupment to the federal government of approximately $12,000. If future Medicare reviews result in revenue recoupment to the federal government, it would have an adverse effect on our financial results.
 
Potential sanctions and remedies based upon alleged regulatory deficiencies could negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.
 
We have received notices of potential sanctions and remedies based upon alleged regulatory deficiencies from time to time, and such sanctions have been imposed on some of our facilities. CMS has included two of our facilities on its recently released list of special focus facilities, which are described above and other facilities may be identified for such status in the future. From time to time, we have opted to voluntarily stop accepting new patients pending completion of a new state survey, in order to avoid possible denial of payment for new admissions during the deficiency cure period, or simply to avoid straining staff and other resources while retraining staff, upgrading operating systems or making other operational improvements. In the past, some of our facilities have been in denial of payment status due to findings of continued regulatory deficiencies, resulting in an actual loss of the revenue associated with the Medicare and Medicaid patients admitted after the denial of payment date. Additional sanctions could ensue and, if imposed, these sanctions, entailing various remedies up to and including decertification, would further negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.
 
The intensified and evolving enforcement environment impacts providers like us because of the increase in the scope or number of inspections or surveys by governmental authorities and the severity of consequent citations for alleged failure to comply with regulatory requirements. We also divert personnel resources to respond to federal and state investigations and other enforcement actions. The diversion of these resources, including our management team, clinical and compliance staff, and others take away from the time and energy that these individuals could otherwise spend on routine operations. As noted, from time to time in the ordinary course of business, we receive deficiency reports from state and federal regulatory bodies resulting from such inspections or surveys. The focus of these deficiency reports tends to vary from year to year. Although most inspection deficiencies are resolved through an agreed-upon plan of corrective action, the reviewing agency typically has the authority to take further action against a licensed or certified facility, which could result in the imposition of fines, imposition of a provisional or conditional license, suspension or revocation of a


32


Table of Contents

license, suspension or denial of payment for new admissions, loss of certification as a provider under state or federal healthcare programs, or imposition of other sanctions, including criminal penalties. In the past, we have experienced inspection deficiencies that have resulted in the imposition of a provisional license and could experience these results in the future. We currently have one facility whereby the provisional license status is the result of inspection deficiencies. Furthermore, in some states citations in one facility impact other facilities in the state. Revocation of a license at a given facility could therefore impair our ability to obtain new licenses or to renew existing licenses at other facilities, which may also trigger defaults or cross-defaults under our leases and our credit arrangements, or adversely affect our ability to operate or obtain financing in the future. If state or federal regulators were to determine, formally or otherwise, that one facility’s regulatory history ought to impact another of our existing or prospective facilities, this could also increase costs, result in increased scrutiny by state and federal survey agencies, and even impact our expansion plans. Therefore, our failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory requirements in any single facility could negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations as a whole.
 
We may not be successful in generating internal growth at our facilities by expanding occupancy at these facilities. We also may be unable to improve patient mix at our facilities.
 
Overall occupancy across all of our facilities was approximately 78% and 81% at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively, leaving opportunities for internal growth without the acquisition or construction of new facilities. Because a large portion of our costs are fixed, a decline in our occupancy could adversely impact our financial performance. In addition, our profitability is impacted heavily by our patient mix. We generally generate greater profitability from non-Medicaid patients. If we are unable to maintain or increase the proportion of non-Medicaid patients in our facilities, our financial performance could be adversely affected.
 
Termination of our patient admission agreements and the resulting vacancies in our facilities could cause revenue at our facilities to decline.
 
Most state regulations governing skilled nursing and assisted living facilities require written patient admission agreements with each patient. Several of these regulations also require that each patient have the right to terminate the patient agreement for any reason and without advance notice. Consistent with these regulations, all of our skilled nursing patient agreements allow patients to terminate their agreements without notice, and all of our assisted living resident agreements allow residents to terminate their agreements upon thirty days’ notice. Patients and residents terminate their agreements from time to time for a variety of reasons, causing some fluctuations in our overall occupancy as patients and residents are admitted and discharged in normal course. If an unusual number of patients or residents elected to terminate their agreements within a short time, occupancy levels at our facilities could decline. As a result, beds may be unoccupied for a period of time, which would have a negative impact on our revenue, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We face significant competition from other healthcare providers and may not be successful in attracting patients and residents to our facilities.
 
The skilled nursing and assisted living industries are highly competitive, and we expect that these industries may become increasingly competitive in the future. Our skilled nursing facilities compete primarily on a local and regional basis with many long-term care providers, from national and regional multi-facility providers that have substantially greater financial resources to small providers who operate a single nursing facility. We also compete with other skilled nursing and assisted living facilities, and with inpatient rehabilitation facilities, long-term acute care hospitals, home healthcare and other similar services and care alternatives. Increased competition could limit our ability to attract and retain patients, attract and retain skilled personnel, maintain or increase private pay and managed care rates or expand our business. Our ability to compete successfully varies from location to location depending upon a number of factors, including:
 
  •  our ability to attract and retain qualified facility leaders, nursing staff and other employees;
 
  •  the number of competitors in the local market;
 
  •  the types of services available;


33


Table of Contents

 
  •  our local reputation for quality care of patients;
 
  •  the commitment and expertise of our staff;
 
  •  our local service offerings; and
 
  •  the cost of care in each locality and the physical appearance, location, age and condition of our facilities.
 
We may not be successful in attracting patients to our facilities, particularly Medicare, managed care, and private pay patients who generally come to us at higher reimbursement rates. Some of our competitors have greater financial and other resources than us, may have greater brand recognition and may be more established in their respective communities than we are. Competing skilled nursing companies may also offer newer facilities or different programs or services than we do and may thereby attract current or potential patients. Other competitors may accept a lower margin, and, therefore, present significant price competition for managed care and private pay patients. In addition, some of our competitors operate on a not-for-profit basis or as charitable organizations and have the ability to finance capital expenditures on a tax-exempt basis or through the receipt of charitable contributions, neither of which are available to us.
 
Competition for the acquisition of strategic assets from buyers with lower costs of capital than us or that have lower return expectations than we do could limit our ability to compete for strategic acquisitions and therefore to grow our business effectively.
 
Several real estate investment trusts (REITs), other real estate investment companies, institutional lenders who have not traditionally taken ownership interests in operating businesses or real estate, as well as several skilled nursing and assisted living facility providers, have similar asset acquisition objectives as we do, along with greater financial resources and lower costs of capital than we are able to obtain. This may increase competition for acquisitions that would be suitable to us, making it more difficult for us to compete and successfully implement our growth strategy. Significant competition exists among potential acquirers in the skilled nursing and assisted living industries, including with REITs, and we may not be able to successfully implement our growth strategy or complete acquisitions, which could limit our ability to grow our business effectively.
 
If we do not achieve and maintain competitive quality of care ratings from CMS and private organizations engaged in similar monitoring activities, or if the frequency of CMS surveys and enforcement sanctions increases, our business may be negatively affected.
 
CMS, as well as certain private organizations engaged in similar monitoring activities, provides comparative data available to the public on its web site, rating every skilled nursing facility operating in each state based upon quality-of-care indicators. These quality-of-care indicators include such measures as percentages of patients with infections, bedsores and unplanned weight loss. In addition, CMS has undertaken an initiative to increase Medicaid and Medicare survey and enforcement activities, to focus more survey and enforcement efforts on facilities with findings of substandard care or repeat violations of Medicaid and Medicare standards, and to require state agencies to use enforcement sanctions and remedies more promptly when substandard care or repeat violations are identified. For example, one of our facilities is now surveyed every six months instead of every 12 to 15 months as a result of historical survey results that may date back to prior operators. We have found a correlation between negative Medicaid and Medicare surveys and the incidence of professional liability litigation. In 2006, we experienced a higher than normal number of negative survey findings in some of our facilities. If we are unable to achieve quality-of-care ratings that are comparable or superior to those of our competitors, our ability to attract and retain patients could be adversely affected.
 
Significant legal actions and liability claims against us in excess of insurance limits or outside of our insurance coverage could subject us to increased insurance costs, litigation reserves, operating costs and substantial uninsured liabilities.
 
We maintain liability insurance policies in amounts and with coverage limits and deductibles we believe are appropriate based on the nature and risks of our business, historical experience, industry standards and the


34


Table of Contents

price and availability of coverage in the insurance market. At any given time, we may have multiple current professional liability cases and/or other types of claims pending, which is common in our industry. In the past year, we have not paid or settled any claims in excess of the policy limits of our insurance coverages. We may face claims which exceed our insurance limits or are not covered by our policies.
 
We also face potential exposure to other types of liability claims, including, without limitation, directors’ and officers liability, employment practices and/or employment benefits liability, premises liability, and vehicle or other accident claims. Given the litigious environment in which all businesses operate, it is impossible to fully catalogue all of the potential types of liability claims that might be asserted against us. As a result of the litigation and potential litigation described above, as well as factors completely external to our company and endemic to the skilled nursing industry, during the past several years the overall cost of both general and professional liability insurance to the industry has dramatically increased, while the availability of affordable and favorable insurance coverage has dramatically decreased. If federal and state medical liability insurance reforms to limit future liability awards are not adopted and enforced, we expect that our insurance and liability costs may continue to increase.
 
In some states, the law prohibits or limits insurance coverage for the risk of punitive damages arising from professional liability and general liability claims or litigation. Coverage for punitive damages is also excluded under some insurance policies. As a result, we may be liable for punitive damage awards in these states that either are not covered or are in excess of our insurance policy limits. Claims against us, regardless of their merit or eventual outcome, also could inhibit our ability to attract patients or expand our business, and could require our management to devote time to matters unrelated to the day-to-day operation of our business.
 
If we are unable to obtain insurance, or if insurance becomes more costly for us to obtain, our business may be adversely affected.
 
It may become more difficult and costly for us to obtain coverage for resident care liabilities and other risks, including property and casualty insurance. For example, the following circumstances may adversely affect our ability to obtain insurance at favorable rates:
 
  •  we experience higher-than-expected professional liability, property and casualty, or other types of claims or losses;
 
  •  we receive survey deficiencies or citations of higher-than-normal scope or severity;
 
  •  we acquire especially troubled operations or facilities that present unattractive risks to current or prospective insurers;
 
  •  insurers tighten underwriting standards applicable to us or our industry; or
 
  •  insurers or reinsurers are unable or unwilling to insure us or the industry at historical premiums and coverage levels.
 
If any of these potential circumstances were to occur, our insurance carriers may require us to significantly increase our self-insured retention levels or pay substantially higher premiums for the same or reduced coverage for insurance, including workers compensation, property and casualty, automobile, employment practices liability, directors and officers liability, employee healthcare and general and professional liability coverages.
 
With few exceptions, workers’ compensation and employee health insurance costs have also increased markedly in recent years. To partially offset these increases, we have increased the amounts of our self-insured retention (SIR) and deductibles in connection with general and professional liability claims. We also have implemented a self-insurance program for workers compensation in California, and elected non-subscriber status for workers compensation in Texas. If we are unable to obtain insurance, or if insurance becomes more costly for us to obtain, our business may be adversely affected.


35


Table of Contents

Our self-insurance programs may expose us to significant and unexpected costs and losses.
 
Since 2001, we have maintained worker’s compensation and general and professional liability insurance through a wholly-owned subsidiary insurance company, Standardbearer Insurance Company, Ltd. (Standardbearer), to insure our SIR and deductibles as part of a continually evolving overall risk management strategy. In addition, from 2001 to 2002, we used Standardbearer to reinsure a “fronted” professional liability policy, and we may elect to do so again in the future. We establish the premiums to be paid to Standardbearer, and the loss reserves set by that subsidiary, based on an estimation process that uses information obtained from both company-specific and industry data. The estimation process requires us to continuously monitor and evaluate the life cycle of the claims. Using data obtained from this monitoring and our assumptions about emerging trends, we, along with an independent actuary, develop information about the size of ultimate claims based on our historical experience and other available industry information. The most significant assumptions used in the estimation process include determining the trend in costs, the expected cost of claims incurred but not reported and the expected costs to settle or pay damages with respect to unpaid claims. It is possible, however, that the actual liabilities may exceed our estimates of loss. We may also experience an unexpectedly large number of successful claims or claims that result in costs or liability significantly in excess of our projections. For these and other reasons, our self-insurance reserves could prove to be inadequate, resulting in liabilities in excess of our available insurance and self-insurance. If a successful claim is made against us and it is not covered by our insurance or exceeds the insurance policy limits, our business may be negatively and materially impacted. Further, because our SIR under our general and professional liability and workers compensation programs applies on a per claim basis, there is no limit to the maximum number of claims or the total amount for which we could incur liability in any policy period.
 
Our self-insured liabilities are based upon estimates, and while our management believes that the estimates of loss are appropriate, the ultimate liability may be in excess of, or less than, recorded amounts. Due to the inherent volatility of actuarially determined loss estimates, it is reasonably possible that we could experience changes in estimated losses which could be material to net income. We believe that we have recorded reserves for general liability, professional liability, worker’s compensation and healthcare benefits, at a level which has substantially mitigated the potential negative impact of adverse developments and/or volatility. In addition, if coverage becomes too difficult or costly to obtain from insurance carriers, we would have to self-insure a greater portion of our risks.
 
In May 2006, we began self-insuring our employee health benefits. With respect to our health benefits self-insurance, we do not yet have a meaningful loss history by which to set reserves or premiums, and have consequently employed general industry data that is not specific to our own company to set reserves and premiums. Therefore, our reserves may prove to be insufficient and we may be exposed to significant and unexpected losses.
 
The geographic concentration of our facilities could leave us vulnerable to an economic downturn, regulatory changes or acts of nature in those areas.
 
Our facilities located in California and Arizona account for the majority of our total revenue. As a result of this concentration, the conditions of local economies, changes in governmental rules, regulations and reimbursement rates or criteria, changes in demographics, acts of nature and other factors that may result in a decrease in demand and/or reimbursement for skilled nursing services in these states could have a disproportionately adverse effect on our revenue, costs and results of operations. Moreover, since approximately half of our facilities are located in California, we are particularly susceptible to revenue loss, cost increase or damage caused by natural disasters such as fires, earthquakes or mudslides. In addition, to the extent we acquire additional facilities in Texas, we become more susceptible to revenue loss, cost increase or damage caused by hurricanes or flooding. Any significant loss due to a natural disaster may not be covered by insurance or may exceed our insurance limits and may also lead to an increase in the cost of insurance.


36


Table of Contents

The actions of a national labor union that has been pursuing a negative publicity campaign criticizing our business may adversely affect our revenue and our profitability.
 
Unlike many other companies in our industry, we continue to assert our right to inform our employees about our views of the potential impact of unionization upon the workplace generally and upon individual employees. With one exception, to our knowledge the staffs at our facilities that have been approached to unionize have uniformly rejected union organizing efforts. Because a majority of certain categories of service and maintenance employees at one of our facilities voted to accept union representation, we have recognized the union and been engaged in collective bargaining with that union since 2005. If employees of other facilities decide to unionize, our cost of doing business could increase, and we could experience contract delays, difficulty in adapting to a changing regulatory and economic environment, cultural conflicts between unionized and non-unionized employees, and strikes and work stoppages, and we may conclude that affected facilities or operations would be uneconomical to continue operating.
 
The unwillingness on the part of both our management and staff to accede to union demands for “neutrality” and other concessions has resulted in a negative labor campaign by at least one labor union, the Service Employees International Union and its local chapter based in Oakland, California. Since 2002, this union has prosecuted a negative retaliatory publicity action, also known as a “corporate campaign,” against us and has filed, promoted or participated in multiple legal actions against us. The union’s campaign asserts, among other allegations, poor treatment of patients, inferior medical services provided by our employees, poor treatment of our employees, and health code violations by us. In addition, the union has publicly mischaracterized actions taken by the DHS against us and our facilities. In numerous cases, the union’s allegations have created the false impression that violations and other events that occurred at facilities prior to our acquisition of those facilities were caused by us. Since a large component of our business involves acquiring underperforming and distressed facilities, and improving the quality of operations at these facilities, we may therefore be associated with the past poor performance of these facilities.
 
This union, along with other similar agencies and organizations, has demanded focused regulatory oversight and public boycotts of some of our facilities. It has also attempted to pressure hospitals, doctors, insurers and other healthcare providers and professionals to cease doing business with or referring patients to us. If this union or another union is successful in convincing our patients, their families or our referral sources to reduce or cease doing business with us, our revenue may be reduced and our profitability could be adversely affected. Additionally, if we are unable to attract and retain qualified staff due to negative public relations efforts by this or other union organizations, our quality of service and our revenue and profits could decline. Our strategy for responding to union allegations involves clear public disclosure of the union’s identity, activities and agenda, and rebuttals to its negative campaign. Our ability to respond to unions, however, may be limited by some state laws, which purport to make it illegal for any recipient of state funds to promote or deter union organizing. For example, such a state law passed by the California Legislature was successfully challenged on the grounds that it was preempted by the National Labor Relations Act, only to have the challenge overturned by the Ninth Circuit in 2006. The case is now before the United States Supreme Court. If the Supreme Court upholds the Ninth Circuit’s ruling, our ability to oppose unionization efforts could be hindered, and our business could be negatively affected.
 
A number of our facilities are operated under master lease arrangements or leases that contain cross-default provisions, and in some cases the breach of a single facility lease could subject multiple facilities to the same risk.
 
We currently occupy approximately 10% of our facilities under agreements that are structured as master leases. Under a master lease, we may lease a large number of geographically dispersed properties through an indivisible lease. With an indivisible lease, it is difficult to restructure the composition of the portfolio or economic terms of the lease without the consent of the landlord. Failure to comply with Medicare or Medicaid provider requirements is a default under several of our master lease and debt financing instruments. In addition, other potential defaults related to an individual facility may cause a default of an entire master lease portfolio and could trigger cross-default provisions in our outstanding debt arrangements and other leases, which would have a negative impact on our capital structure and our ability to generate future revenue, and


37


Table of Contents

could interfere with our ability to pursue our growth strategy. In addition, we occupy approximately 25% of our facilities under individual facility leases that are held by the same or related landlords, the largest of which covers nine of our facilities and represented 13.4% and 2.6% of our net income for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. These leases typically contain cross-default provisions that could cause a default at one facility to trigger a technical default with respect to one or more other locations, potentially subjecting us to the various remedies available to the landlords under each of the related leases.
 
Failure to generate sufficient cash flow to cover required payments or meet operating covenants under our long-term debt, mortgages and long-term operating leases could result in defaults under such agreements and cross-defaults under other debt, mortgage or operating lease arrangements, which could harm our operations and cause us to lose facilities or experience foreclosures.
 
At December 31, 2007, we had $60.6 million of outstanding indebtedness under our Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement (the Term Loan), our Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, as amended (the Revolver) and mortgage notes, plus $152.0 million of operating lease obligations. We intend to continue financing our facilities through mortgage financing, long-term operating leases and other types of financing, including borrowings under our lines of credit and future credit facilities we may obtain. The Revolver was set to mature in March 2007, but was extended until February 22, 2008.
 
On February 21, 2008, we amended our Revolver by extending the term to 2012, increasing the available credit thereunder up to the lesser of $50.0 million or 85% of the eligible accounts receivable, and changing the interest rate for all or any portion of the outstanding indebtedness thereunder to any of three options, as we may elect from time to time, (i) the 1, 2, 3 or 6 month LIBOR (at our option) plus 2.5%, or (ii) the greater of (a) prime plus 1.0% or (b) the federal funds rate plus 1.5% or (iii) a floating LIBOR rate. The signed agreement is contingent on final execution and delivery of appropriate amendatory documentation. The Revolver contains typical representations and financial and non-financial covenants for a loan of this type, a violation of which could result in a default under the Revolver and could possibly cause all amounts owed by us, including amounts due under the Term Loan, to be declared immediately due and payable.
 
We may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to cover required interest, principal and lease payments. In addition, from time to time the financial performance of one or more of our mortgaged facilities may not comply with the required operating covenants under the terms of the mortgage. Any non-payment, noncompliance or other default under our financing arrangements could, subject to cure provisions, cause the lender to foreclose upon the facility or facilities securing such indebtedness or, in the case of a lease, cause the lessor to terminate the lease, each with a consequent loss of revenue and asset value to us or a loss of property. Furthermore, in many cases, indebtedness is secured by both a mortgage on one or more facilities, and a guaranty by us. In the event of a default under one of these scenarios, the lender could avoid judicial procedures required to foreclose on real property by declaring all amounts outstanding under the guaranty immediately due and payable, and requiring us to fulfill our obligations to make such payments. If any of these scenarios were to occur, our financial condition would be adversely affected. For tax purposes, a foreclosure on any of our properties would be treated as a sale of the property for a price equal to the outstanding balance of the debt secured by the mortgage. If the outstanding balance of the debt secured by the mortgage exceeds our tax basis in the property, we would recognize taxable income on foreclosure, but would not receive any cash proceeds, which would negatively impact our earnings and cash position. Further, because our mortgages and operating leases generally contain cross-default and cross-collateralization provisions, a default by us related to one facility could affect a significant number of other facilities and their corresponding financing arrangements and operating leases.
 
Because our Term Loan, mortgage and lease obligations are fixed expenses and secured by specific assets, and because our revolving loan obligations are secured by virtually all of our assets, if reimbursement rates, patient acuity mix or occupancy levels decline, or if for any reason we are unable to meet our loan or lease obligations, we may not be able to cover our costs and some or all of our assets may become at risk. Our ability to make payments of principal and interest on our indebtedness and to make lease payments on our operating leases depends upon our future performance, which will be subject to general economic conditions, industry cycles and financial, business and other factors affecting our operations, many of which


38


Table of Contents

are beyond our control. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations in the future to service our debt or to make lease payments on our operating leases, we may be required, among other things, to seek additional financing in the debt or equity markets, refinance or restructure all or a portion of our indebtedness, sell selected assets, reduce or delay planned capital expenditures or delay or abandon desirable acquisitions. Such measures might not be sufficient to enable us to service our debt or to make lease payments on our operating leases. The failure to make required payments on our debt or operating leases or the delay or abandonment of our planned growth strategy could result in an adverse effect on our future ability to generate revenue and sustain profitability. In addition, any such financing, refinancing or sale of assets might not be available on terms that are economically favorable to us, or at all.
 
Our existing credit facilities and mortgage loans contain restrictive covenants and any default under such facilities or loans could result in a freeze on additional advances, the acceleration of indebtedness, the termination of leases, or cross-defaults, any of which would negatively impact our liquidity and inhibit our ability to grow our business and increase revenue.
 
Our outstanding credit facilities and mortgage loans contain restrictive covenants and require us to maintain or satisfy specified coverage tests on a consolidated basis and on a facility or facilities basis. These financial restrictions and operating covenants include, among other things, requirements with respect to occupancy, capital expenditures, fixed charge coverage and net worth. The fixed charge coverage ratios are generally calculated as EBITDA for such period, less an aggregate of the higher of (i) unfinanced cash capital expenditures and (ii) a capital replacement reserve equal to $300.00 per licensed bed for such period divided by fixed charges for such period, such as interest expenses, payments on indebtedness, cash taxes, distributions and dividends, and expenditures in connection with capital leases. These restrictions may interfere with our ability to obtain additional advances under existing credit facilities or to obtain new financing or to engage in other business activities, which may inhibit our ability to grow our business and increase revenue. At times in the past we have failed to timely deliver audited financial statements to our lender as required under our loan covenants. In each such case, we obtained waivers from our lender. In addition, in December 2000, we were unable to make balloon payments due under two mortgages on one of our facilities, but we were able to negotiate extensions with both lenders, and paid off both loans in January 2001 as required by the terms of the extensions. If we fail to comply with any of our loan requirements, or if we experience any defaults, then the related indebtedness could become immediately due and payable prior to its stated maturity date. We may not be able to pay this debt if it becomes immediately due and payable.
 
If we decide to expand our presence in the assisted living industry, we would become subject to risks in a market in which we have limited experience.
 
The majority of our facilities have historically been skilled nursing facilities. If we decide to expand our presence in the assisted living industry, our existing overall business model would change and we would become subject to risks in a market in which we have limited experience. Although assisted living operations generally have lower costs and higher margins than skilled nursing, they typically generate lower overall revenue than skilled nursing operations. In addition, assisted living revenue is derived primarily from private payors as opposed to government reimbursement. In most states, skilled nursing and assisted living are regulated by different agencies, and we have less experience with the agencies that regulate assisted living. In general, we believe that assisted living is a more competitive industry than skilled nursing. If we decided to expand our presence in the assisted living industry, we would have to change our existing business model, which could have an adverse affect on our business.
 
If our referral sources fail to view us as an attractive skilled nursing provider, or if our referral sources otherwise refer fewer patients, our patient base may decrease.
 
We rely significantly on appropriate referrals from physicians, hospitals and other healthcare providers in the communities in which we deliver our services to attract appropriate residents and patients to our facilities. Our referral sources are not obligated to refer business to us and may refer business to other healthcare providers. We believe many of our referral sources refer business to us as a result of the quality of our patient


39


Table of Contents

care and our efforts to establish and build a relationship with our referral sources. If we lose, or fail to maintain, existing relationships with our referral resources, fail to develop new relationships, or if we are perceived by our referral sources as not providing high quality patient care, our occupancy rate and the quality of our patient mix could suffer. In addition, if any of our referral sources have a reduction in patients whom they can refer due to a decrease in their business, our occupancy rate and the quality of our patient mix could suffer.
 
We may need additional capital to fund our operations and finance our growth, and we may not be able to obtain it on terms acceptable to us, or at all, which may limit our ability to grow.
 
Continued expansion of our business through the acquisition of existing facilities, expansion of our existing facilities and construction of new facilities may require additional capital, particularly if we were to accelerate our acquisition and expansion plans. Financing may not be available to us or may be available to us only on terms that are not favorable. In addition, some of our outstanding indebtedness and long-term leases restrict, among other things, our ability to incur additional debt. If we are unable to raise additional funds or obtain additional funds on terms acceptable to us, we may have to delay or abandon some or all of our growth strategies. Further, if additional funds are raised through the issuance of additional equity securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders would be diluted. Any newly issued equity securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of our common stock.
 
Delays in reimbursement may cause liquidity problems.
 
If we experience problems with our information systems or if issues arise with Medicare, Medicaid or other payors, we may encounter delays in our payment cycle. From time to time, we have experienced such delays as a result of government payors instituting planned reimbursement delays for budget balancing purposes or as a result of prepayment reviews. For example, in August 2007, we experienced a four week reimbursement delay in California due to a budget impasse in the California legislature that was resolved in September 2007. Any future timing delay may cause working capital shortages. As a result, working capital management, including prompt and diligent billing and collection, is an important factor in our results of operations and liquidity. Our working capital management procedures may not successfully ameliorate the effects of any delays in our receipt of payments or reimbursements. Accordingly, such delays could have an adverse effect on our liquidity and financial condition.
 
Compliance with the regulations of the Department of Housing and Urban Development may require us to make unanticipated expenditures which could increase our costs.
 
Four of our facilities are currently subject to regulatory agreements with the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) that give the Commissioner of HUD broad authority to require us to be replaced as the operator of those facilities in the event that the Commissioner determines there are operational deficiencies at such facilities under HUD regulations. In 2006, one of our HUD-insured mortgaged facilities did not pass its HUD inspection. Following an unsuccessful appeal of the decision, we requested a re-inspection, which we are currently awaiting. If our facility fails the re-inspection, the HUD Commissioner could exercise its authority to replace us as the facility operator. In such event, we could be forced to repay the HUD mortgage on this facility to avoid being replaced as the facility operator, which would negatively impact our cash and financial condition. The balance on this mortgage as of December 31, 2007 was approximately $6.6 million. In addition, we would be required to pay a prepayment penalty of approximately $0.3 million if this mortgage was repaid on December 31, 2007. This alternative is not available to us if any of our other three HUD-insured facilities were determined by HUD to be operationally deficient because they are leased facilities. Compliance with HUD’s requirements can often be difficult because these requirements are not always consistent with the requirements of other federal and state agencies. Appealing a failed inspection can be costly and time-consuming and, if we do not successfully remediate the failed inspection, we could be precluded from obtaining HUD financing in the future or we may encounter limitations or prohibitions on our operation of HUD-insured facilities.


40


Table of Contents

Upkeep of healthcare properties is capital intensive, requiring us to continually direct financial resources to the maintenance and enhancement of our facilities and equipment.
 
Our ability to maintain and enhance our facilities and equipment in a suitable condition to meet regulatory standards, operate efficiently and remain competitive in our markets requires us to commit substantial resources to continued investment in our facilities and equipment. Some of our competitors may operate facilities that are not as old as ours, or may appear more modernized than our facilities, and therefore may be more attractive to prospective patients. We are sometimes more aggressive than our competitors in capital spending to address issues that arise in connection with aging facilities. If we are unable to direct the necessary financial and human resources to the maintenance of, upgrades to and modernization of our facilities and equipment, our business may suffer.
 
Failure to comply with existing environmental laws could result in increased expenditures, litigation and potential loss to our business and in our asset value.
 
Our operations are subject to regulations under various federal, state and local environmental laws, primarily those relating to the handling, storage, transportation, treatment and disposal of medical waste; the identification and warning of the presence of asbestos-containing materials in buildings, as well as the encapsulation or removal of such materials; and the presence of other substances in the indoor environment.
 
Our facilities generate infectious or other hazardous medical waste due to the illness or physical condition of the patients. Each of our facilities has an agreement with a waste management company for the proper disposal of all infectious medical waste, but the use of a waste management company does not immunize us from alleged violations of such laws for operations for which we are responsible even if carried out by a third party, nor does it immunize us from third-party claims for the cost to cleanup disposal sites at which such wastes have been disposed.
 
Some of the facilities we lease, own or may acquire may have asbestos-containing materials. Federal regulations require building owners and those exercising control over a building’s management to identify and warn their employees and other employers operating in the building of potential hazards posed by workplace exposure to installed asbestos-containing materials and potential asbestos-containing materials in their buildings. Significant fines can be assessed for violation of these regulations. Building owners and those exercising control over a building’s management may be subject to an increased risk of personal injury lawsuits. Federal, state and local laws and regulations also govern the removal, encapsulation, disturbance, handling and disposal of asbestos-containing materials and potential asbestos-containing materials when such materials are in poor condition or in the event of construction, remodeling, renovation or demolition of a building. Such laws may impose liability for improper handling or a release into the environment of asbestos-containing materials and potential asbestos-containing materials and may provide for fines to, and for third parties to seek recovery from, owners or operators of real properties for personal injury or improper work exposure associated with asbestos-containing materials and potential asbestos-containing materials. The presence of asbestos-containing materials, or the failure to properly dispose of or remediate such materials, also may adversely affect our ability to attract and retain patients and staff, to borrow when using such property as collateral or to make improvements to such property.
 
The presence of mold, lead-based paint, underground storage tanks, contaminants in drinking water, radon and/or other substances at any of the facilities we lease, own or may acquire may lead to the incurrence of costs for remediation, mitigation or the implementation of an operations and maintenance plan and may result in third party litigation for personal injury or property damage. Furthermore, in some circumstances, areas affected by mold may be unusable for periods of time for repairs, and even after successful remediation, the known prior presence of extensive mold could adversely affect the ability of a facility to retain or attract patients and staff and could adversely affect a facility’s market value and ultimately could lead to the temporary or permanent closure of the facility.
 
If we fail to comply with applicable environmental laws, we would face increased expenditures in terms of fines and remediation of the underlying problems, potential litigation relating to exposure to such materials, and a potential decrease in value to our business and in the value of our underlying assets.


41


Table of Contents

We are unable to predict the future course of federal, state and local environmental regulation and legislation. Changes in the environmental regulatory framework could result in increased costs. In addition, because environmental laws vary from state to state, expansion of our operations to states where we do not currently operate may subject us to additional restrictions in the manner in which we operate our facilities.
 
If we fail to safeguard the monies held in our patient trust funds, we will be required to reimburse such monies, and we may be subject to citations, fines and penalties.
 
Each of our facilities is required by federal law to maintain a patient trust fund to safeguard certain assets of their residents and patients. If any money held in a patient trust fund is misappropriated, we are required to reimburse the patient trust fund for the amount of money that was misappropriated. In 2005 we became aware of two separate and unrelated instances of employees misappropriating an aggregate of approximately $380,000 in patient trust funds, some of which was recovered from the employees and some of which we were required to reimburse from our funds. If any monies held in our patient trust funds are misappropriated in the future and are unrecoverable, we will be required to reimburse such monies, and we may be subject to citations, fines and penalties pursuant to federal and state laws.
 
We are a holding company with no operations and rely upon our multiple independent operating subsidiaries to provide us with the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations. Liabilities of any one or more of our subsidiaries could be imposed upon us or our other subsidiaries.
 
We are a holding company with no direct operating assets, employees or revenues. Each of our facilities is operated through a separate, wholly-owned, independent subsidiary, which has its own management, employees and assets. Our principal assets are the equity interests we directly or indirectly hold in our multiple operating and real estate holding subsidiaries. As a result, we are dependent upon distributions from our subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations and pay dividends. Our subsidiaries are legally distinct from us and have no obligation to make funds available to us. The ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us will depend substantially on their respective operating results and will be subject to restrictions under, among other things, the laws of their jurisdiction of organization, which may limit the amount of funds available for distribution to investors or shareholders, agreements of those subsidiaries, the terms of our financing arrangements and the terms of any future financing arrangements of our subsidiaries.
 
Risks Related to Ownership of our Common Stock
 
We may not be able to pay or maintain dividends and the failure to do so would adversely affect our stock price.
 
Our ability to pay and maintain cash dividends is based on many factors, including our ability to make and finance acquisitions, our ability to negotiate favorable lease and other contractual terms, anticipated operating cost levels, the level of demand for our beds, the rates we charge and actual results that may vary substantially from estimates. Some of the factors are beyond our control and a change in any such factor could affect our ability to pay or maintain dividends. In addition, the Revolver with General Electric Capital Corporation (the Lender) restricts our ability to pay dividends to stockholders if we receive notice that we are in default under this agreement.
 
While we do not have a formal dividend policy, we currently intend to continue to pay regular quarterly dividends to the holders of our common stock, but future dividends will continue to be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on many factors, including our results of operations, financial condition and capital requirements, earnings, general business conditions, restrictions imposed by financing arrangements including pursuant to the loan and security agreement governing our revolving line of credit, legal restrictions on the payment of dividends and other factors the board of directors deems relevant. From 2002 through 2007, we paid aggregate annual dividends equal to approximately 5% to 15% of our net income. We may not be able to pay or maintain dividends, and we may at any time elect not to pay dividends but to retain cash for other purposes. We also cannot assure you that the level of dividends will be maintained or increase over time


42


Table of Contents

or that increases in demand for our beds and monthly patient fees will increase our actual cash available for dividends to stockholders. It is possible that we may pay dividends in a future period that may exceed our net income for such period. The failure to pay or maintain dividends could adversely affect our stock price.
 
If the ownership of our common stock continues to be highly concentrated, it may prevent you and other stockholders from influencing significant corporate decisions and may result in conflicts of interest that could cause our stock price to decline.
 
As of December 31, 2007, our executive officers, directors and their affiliates beneficially own or control approximately 60.3% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, of which Roy Christensen, our Chairman of the board of directors, Christopher Christensen, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and Gregory Stapley, our Vice President and General Counsel, beneficially own approximately 17.0%, 18.1% and 5.4%, respectively, of the outstanding shares. Accordingly, our current executive officers, directors and their affiliates, if they act together, will have substantial control over the outcome of corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets or any other significant corporate transactions. These stockholders may also delay or prevent a change of control of us, even if such a change of control would benefit our other stockholders. The significant concentration of stock ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock due to investors’ perception that conflicts of interest may exist or arise.
 
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they change their recommendations regarding our stock adversely or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
 
The trading market for our common stock is influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.
 
The market price and trading volume of our common stock may be volatile, which could result in rapid and substantial losses for our stockholders.
 
The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. In addition, the trading volume in our common stock may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. We cannot assure you that the market price of our common stock will not fluctuate or decline significantly in the future. In the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending or settling the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business.
 
Future offerings of debt or equity securities by us may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
 
In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by offering debt or additional equity securities, including commercial paper, medium-term notes, senior or subordinated notes, series of preferred shares or shares of our common stock. Upon liquidation, holders of our debt securities and preferred shares, and lenders with respect to other borrowings, would receive a distribution of our available assets prior to any distribution to the holders of our common stock. Additional equity offerings may dilute the economic and voting rights of our existing stockholders or reduce the market price of our common stock, or both. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, holders of our common stock bear the risk of our future offerings reducing the market price of our common


43


Table of Contents

stock and diluting their share holdings in us. We also intend to continue to actively pursue acquisitions of facilities and may issue shares of stock in connection with these acquisitions.
 
Any shares issued in connection with our acquisitions, the exercise of outstanding stock options or otherwise would dilute the holdings of the investors who purchase our shares.
 
Failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could result in a restatement of our financial statements, cause investors to lose confidence in our financial statements and our company and have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.
 
We produce our consolidated financial statements in accordance with the requirements of GAAP. Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports to help mitigate the risk of fraud and to operate successfully as a publicly traded company. As a public company, we will be required to document and test our internal control procedures in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, which will require annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. This requirement will apply to us starting with our annual report for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
During 2006, we identified certain accounting errors in our financial statements for the three years ended December 31, 2005. These errors primarily related to the appropriate classification of self-insurance liabilities between short-term and long-term. As a result of discovering these errors, we undertook a further review of our historical financial statements and identified similar reclassifications to deferred taxes and captive insurance subsidiary cash and cash equivalents. Following this review, our board of directors and independent registered public accounting firm concluded that an amendment of our consolidated financial statements, which included the restatement of our financial statements for the three years ended December 31, 2005, was necessary. It was not deemed that these errors were caused by a significant deficiency or material weakness in internal controls over financial reporting.
 
As we prepare to comply with Section 404, we may identify significant deficiencies or errors that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet our deadline for compliance with Section 404. Testing and maintaining internal controls can divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to our business. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 or our independent registered public accounting firm may issue an adverse opinion if we conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting are not effective. If either we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting or our independent registered public accounting firm issues an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting under Section 404, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information and our company, which could result in a decline in the market price of our common stock, and cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations in the future, which in turn could impact our ability to raise additional financing if needed in the future.
 
If we fail to implement the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, we may also be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities such as the Securities and Exchange Commission or NASDAQ.
 
The requirements of being a public company, including compliance with the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, may strain our resources, increase our costs and distract management, and we may be unable to comply with these requirements in a timely or cost-effective manner.
 
As a public company, we need to comply with laws, regulations and requirements, certain corporate governance provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, related regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and requirements of NASDAQ. As a result, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses. Complying with these statutes, regulations and requirements occupies a significant amount of the time of our board of directors and management, requires us to have additional finance and accounting staff, makes it difficult to attract and retain qualified officers and members of our board of directors, particularly to


44


Table of Contents

serve on our audit committee, and make some activities difficult, time consuming and costly. Among other things, we are required to:
 
  •  maintain a comprehensive compliance function;
 
  •  maintain internal policies, such as those relating to disclosure controls and procedures and insider trading;
 
  •  design, establish, evaluate and maintain a system of internal control over financial reporting in compliance with the requirements of Section 404 and the related rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;
 
  •  prepare and distribute periodic reports in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws;
 
  •  involve and retain outside counsel and accountants in the above activities; and
 
  •  maintain an investor relations function.
 
If we are unable to accomplish these objectives in a timely and effective fashion, our ability to comply with our financial reporting requirements and other rules that apply to reporting companies could be impaired. If our finance and accounting personnel insufficiently support us in fulfilling these public-company compliance obligations, or if we are unable to hire adequate finance and accounting personnel, we could face significant legal liability, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, if we identify any issues in complying with those requirements (for example, if we or our independent registered public accountants identified a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting), we could incur additional costs rectifying those issues, and the existence of those issues could adversely affect us, our reputation or investor perceptions of us.
 
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that could discourage transactions resulting in a change in control, which may negatively affect the market price of our common stock.
 
In addition to the effect that the concentration of ownership by our significant stockholders may have, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that may enable our management to resist a change in control. These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent a change in the ownership of our company or a change in our management, even if doing so might be beneficial to our stockholders. In addition, these provisions could limit the price that investors would be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. Such provisions set forth in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws include:
 
  •  our board of directors are authorized, without prior stockholder approval, to create and issue preferred stock, commonly referred to as “blank check” preferred stock, with rights senior to those of common stock;
 
  •  advance notice requirements for stockholders to nominate individuals to serve on our board of directors or to submit proposals that can be acted upon at stockholder meetings;
 
  •  our board of directors are classified so not all members of our board are elected at one time, which may make it more difficult for a person who acquires control of a majority of our outstanding voting stock to replace our directors;
 
  •  stockholder action by written consent is limited;
 
  •  special meetings of the stockholders are permitted to be called only by the chairman of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or by a majority of our board of directors;
 
  •  stockholders are not permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of directors;
 
  •  newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors or vacancies on our board of directors are filled only by majority vote of the remaining directors;


45


Table of Contents

 
  •  our board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws; and
 
  •  stockholders are permitted to amend our bylaws only upon receiving the affirmative vote of at least a majority of our outstanding common stock.
 
These and other provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law could discourage acquisition proposals and make it more difficult or expensive for stockholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by our then-current board of directors, including delaying or impeding a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving us. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.
 
Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments
 
None.
 
Item 2.    Properties
 
Service Center.   We currently lease 15,920 square feet of office space in Mission Viejo, California for our Service Center pursuant to a lease that expires in 2009. We have two options to extend our lease term at this location for an additional three-year term for each option. In addition, we have entered into an amendment to our existing lease with our landlord to expand our office space by an additional 4,277 square feet. This amendment will expire conterminously with our existing lease.
 
Facilities.   We currently operate 61 facilities in California, Arizona, Texas, Washington, Utah and Idaho, with the capacity to serve over 7,400 patients and residents. Of the facilities that we operate as of December 31, 2007, we own 26 facilities and lease 35 facilities pursuant to operating leases, 10 of which contain purchase options that provide us with the right to purchase or agreements to purchase the facility in the future, which we believe will enable us to better control our occupancy costs over time. We currently do not manage any facilities for third parties and do not actively seek to manage facilities for others, except on a short-term basis pending receipt of new operating licenses by our operating subsidiaries.
 
The following table provides summary information regarding the number of licensed and independent living beds at our facilities at December 31, 2007:
 
                                 
          Purchase
             
          Agreement or
          Total Licensed and
 
    Leased without a
    Leased with a
          Independent Living
 
State
  Purchase Option     Purchase Option     Owned     Beds(4)  
 
California
    1,654       903       972       3,529  
Arizona
    738       130       1,084       1,952  
Texas
    470             684       1,154  
Utah
    108       106       228       442  
Washington(1)
                283       283  
Idaho
          88             88  
                                 
Total
    2,970       1,227       3,251       7,448  
                                 
Skilled nursing
    2,829       1,130       2,818       6,777  
Assisted living(2)
    141       97       349       587  
Independent living(3)
                84       84  
                                 
Total
    2,970       1,227       3,251       7,448  
                                 
 
 
(1) Our facility in Walla Walla recently obtained a Certificate of Need to add 30 more beds and construction activities are currently underway.
 
(2) Represents 460 assisted living units.


46


Table of Contents

 
(3) Represents 84 independent living units located within one of our assisted living facilities.
 
(4) All bed counts are licensed beds except independent living beds, and may not reflect the number of beds actually available for patient use.
 
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings
 
In March 2007, we and certain of our officers received a series of notices from our bank indicating that the United States Attorney for the Central District of California had issued an authorized investigative demand, a request for records similar to a subpoena, to our bank and then rescinded that demand. This rescinded demand originally requested documents from our bank related to financial transactions involving the Company, ten of our operating subsidiaries, an outside investor group, and certain of our current and former officers. Subsequently, in June 2007, the U.S. Attorney sent a letter to one of our current employees requesting a meeting. The letter indicated that the U.S. Attorney and the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General were conducting an investigation of claims submitted to the Medicare program for rehabilitation services provided at our facilities. Although both we and the employee offered to cooperate, the U.S. Attorney later withdrew its meeting request. From these contacts, we believed that an investigation was underway, but to date we have been unable to determine the exact cause or nature of the U.S. Attorney’s interest in us or our subsidiaries, and until recently we have been unable to even verify whether the investigation was continuing.
 
On December 17, 2007, we were informed by Deloitte & Touche LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm that the U.S. Attorney served a grand jury subpoena on Deloitte & Touche LLP, relating to us and several of our operating subsidiaries. The subpoena confirmed our previously reported belief that the U.S. Attorney is conducting an investigation involving certain of our operating subsidiaries. Based on these most recent events, we believe that the United States Government may be conducting parallel criminal, civil and administrative investigations involving The Ensign Group and one or more of our skilled nursing facilities. To our knowledge, however, neither us nor any of our operating subsidiaries or employees have been formally charged with any wrongdoing, served with any related subpoenas or requests, or been directly notified of any concerns or related investigations by the U.S. Attorney or any government agency. Subsequently, in February 2008, the U.S. Attorney contacted two additional current employees. Both the Company and all three of the employees contacted have offered to cooperate and meet with the U.S. Attorney. While we have no reason to believe that the assertion of criminal charges, civil claims, administrative sanctions or whistleblower actions would be warranted, to date the U.S. Attorney’s office has declined to provide us with any specific information with respect to this matter, other than to confirm that an investigation is ongoing. See further discussion regarding this matter at Note 16 in our Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
We are party to various legal actions and administrative proceedings and are subject to various claims arising in the ordinary course of business, including claims that our services have resulted in injury or death to the residents of our facilities and claims related to employment and commercial matters. Although we intend to vigorously defend ourselves in these matters, there can be no assurance that the outcomes of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our results or operations and financial condition. In certain states in which we have or have had operations, insurance coverage for the risk of punitive damages arising from general and professional liability litigation may not be available due to state law public policy prohibitions. There can be no assurance that we will not be liable for punitive damages awarded in litigation arising in states for which punitive damage insurance coverage is not available.
 
We operate in an industry that is extremely regulated. As such, in the ordinary course of business, we are continuously subject to state and federal regulatory scrutiny, supervision and control. Such regulatory scrutiny often includes inquiries, investigations, examinations, audits, site visits and surveys, some of which are non-routine. In addition to being subject to direct regulatory oversight of state and federal regulatory agencies, our industry is frequently subject to the regulatory practices, which could subject us to civil, administrative or criminal fines, penalties or restitutionary relief, and reimbursement authorities could also seek the suspension or exclusion of the provider or individual from participation in their program. We believe that there has been, and will continue to be, an increase in governmental investigations of long-term care providers, particularly in the area of Medicare/Medicaid false claims, as well as an increase in enforcement actions resulting from these


47


Table of Contents

investigations. Adverse discriminations in legal proceedings or governmental investigations, whether currently asserted or arising in the future, could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
 
On September 6, 2007 and October 10, 2007, we submitted to a vote of our security holders the following matters: (i) an amendment to our then effective certificate of incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock to 75 million, (ii) approval of an amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which became effective upon the completion of our initial public offering in November 2007, (iii) approval of amended and restated bylaws, which became effective upon the completion of our initial public offering in November 2007 (iv) approval of our 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan, which became effective upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and (v) approval of the indemnification agreement to be entered into by us and each of our directors and executive officers. Each of the foregoing matters was approved, by written consent, by stockholders holding approximately 9.0 million shares of our common stock and all of our outstanding preferred stock.
 
PART II.
 
Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
Market Information
 
Our common stock has been traded under the symbol “ENSG” on the NASDAQ Global Select Market since our initial public offering on November 8, 2007. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our common stock. The following table shows the high and low sale prices for the common stock as reporting by the NASDAQ Global Select Market for the periods indicated:
 
                 
    High     Low  
 
Fiscal year 2007
               
Fourth Quarter (commencing November 8, 2007)*
  $ 16.65     $ 12.10  
 
 
* Initial public offering price on November 8, 2007 was $16.00
 
As of February 29, 2008 there were approximately 180 holders of record of our common stock.


48


Table of Contents

The graph below shows the cumulative total stockholder return of an investment of $100 (and the reinvestment of any dividends thereafter) on November 9, 2007 in (i) our common stock, (ii) the Skilled Nursing Facilities Peer Group(1) and (iii) the NASDAQ Market Index. Our stock price performance shown in the graph below is not indicative of future stock price performance.
 
COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
AMONG THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.,
NASDAQ MARKET INDEX AND SIC CODE INDEX
 
(GRAPH)
 
ASSUMES $100 INVESTED ON NOV. 9, 2007
ASSUMES DIVIDEND REINVESTED
FISCAL YEAR ENDING DEC. 31, 2007
 
 
(1) The Skilled Nursing Facilities Peer Group is comprised of the following companies: Adcare Health Systems, Advocat Inc., Assisted Living Concepts, Cabeltel International, Five Star Quality Care Inc., Kindred Healthcare Inc., National Healthcare Corp., Skilled Healthcare Group, Sun Healthcare Group and Sunrise Senior Living.
 
Dividend Policy
 
The following table summarizes common stock dividends declared to shareholders during the two most recent fiscal years:
 
                 
    Dividend
    Aggregate
 
    per Share     Dividend Declared  
 
2006
               
First Quarter
  $ 0.03     $ 490  
Second Quarter
  $ 0.03     $ 492  
Third Quarter
  $ 0.03     $ 493  
Fourth Quarter
  $ 0.04     $ 657  
2007
               
First Quarter
  $ 0.04     $ 658  
Second Quarter
  $ 0.04     $ 658  
Third Quarter
  $ 0.04     $ 658  
Fourth Quarter
  $ 0.04     $ 819  


49


Table of Contents

We do not have a formal dividend policy but we currently intend to continue to pay regular quarterly dividends to the holders of our common stock. From 2002 to 2007, we paid aggregate annual dividends equal to approximately 5% to 15% of our net income. However, future dividends will continue to be at the discretion of our board of directors, and we may or may not continue to pay dividends at such rate. We expect that the payment of dividends will depend on many factors, including our results of operations, financial condition and capital requirements, earnings, general business conditions, legal restrictions on the payment of dividends and other factors the board of directors deems relevant. The loan and security agreement governing our revolving line of credit with General Electric Capital Corporation restricts our ability to pay dividends to stockholders if we receive notice that we are in default under this agreement. In addition, we are a holding company with no direct operating assets, employees or revenues. As a result, we are dependent upon distributions from our independent operating subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations and pay dividends. It is possible that in certain quarters, we may pay dividends that exceed our net income for such period as calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).
 
Issuer Repurchases of Equity Securities
 
We did not repurchase any of our equity securities during the quarter ended December 31, 2007, nor issue any securities that were not registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1933.
 
Use of Proceeds
 
On November 8, 2007, the SEC declared effective our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-142897) relating to our initial public offering. The registration statement related to 4.6 million shares of our common stock, par value $0.001 per share, including 0.6 million shares of common stock subject to an over-allotment option that certain selling stockholders granted to the underwriters. On November 8, 2007, we sold 4.0 million shares of our common stock at the IPO price of $16.00 per share, for an aggregate sale price of $64.0 million, settling those sales on November 15, 2007. On November 16, 2007, the underwriters exercised their over-allotment option and the selling stockholders sold 0.6 million shares of their common stock at an offering price of $16.00 per share, for an aggregate sale price of $9.6 million. The sale of the over-allotment was settled on November 20, 2007. No proceeds from the over-allotment were distributed to us. The managing underwriters for our IPO were D.A. Davidson & Co. and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated. Following the sale of the 4.6 million shares of our common stock, the offering terminated.
 
We paid approximately $4.5 million in underwriting discounts and commissions in connection with the offering of the shares sold on our behalf and the selling stockholders paid underwriting discounts and commissions of approximately $0.7 million in connection with the shares sold on their behalf. We also incurred approximately $2.9 million of other offering expenses, which when added to the IPO commissions paid by us, amounted to total estimated expenses of approximately $7.4 million. The net offering proceeds to us, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses paid by us, were approximately $56.6 million. We did not receive any of the proceeds from the offering that were paid to the selling stockholders.
 
None of the underwriting discounts and commissions or offering expenses were paid, directly or indirectly, to any of our directors or officers or their associates or to persons owning 10% or more of our common stock or to any affiliates of ours.
 
We used approximately $12.1 million of IPO proceeds to purchase the underlying assets at three facilities which we previously operated under a long-term leasing arrangement, $2.8 million to fund capital refurbishments at 11 of our facilities, $1.2 million to fund remaining IPO related costs and $9.7 million for working capital and other general corporate purposes. During the first seven months of the year ended December 31, 2007, we used approximately $9.5 million in working capital to fund the purchase of four facilities and as such, were required to use IPO funds for working capital purposes later in the year.


50


Table of Contents

We currently have approximately $10.7 million budgeted for significant capital refurbishments at existing facilities in 2008. We currently plan to use approximately $3.0 million of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase one facility, which we currently operate under an operating lease agreement, from Lone Peak Properties, LLC, in which the purchase is pending the property owner’s resolution of certain boundary line issues with neighboring property owners. As of December 31, 2007, we held purchase agreements or options to purchase 10 of our leased facilities. We will consider exercising some or all of such options as they become exercisable and may use a portion of the net proceeds to pay the purchase price for these facilities. We anticipate paying off our $2.0 million mortgage note in 2008, which has a fixed interest rate of 7.49% and is due on September 1, 2008, and we will also consider paying off all or a portion of our short-term debt, if any, that is incurred in connection with facility acquisitions. We expect to use the remainder of the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and for general corporate purposes. Until the above noted uses of IPO proceeds are initiated, these funds will remain invested in a money market account with our bank. We will continue to look for additional low risk investment opportunities for these funds.


51


Table of Contents

 
Item 6.    Selected Financial Data
 
The following selected consolidated financial data for the periods indicated have been derived from our consolidated financial statements. The financial data set forth below should be read in connection with Item 7 — “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto (in thousands, except per share data):
 
                                         
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
 
Revenue
  $ 411,318     $ 358,574     $ 300,850     $ 244,536     $ 158,007  
Expense:
                                       
Cost of services (exclusive of facility rent and depreciation and amortization shown separately below)
    335,014       284,847       239,379       199,986       128,522  
Facility rent — cost of services
    16,675       16,404       16,118       14,773       9,964  
General and administrative expense
    15,945       14,210       10,909       8,537       6,246  
Depreciation and amortization
    6,966       4,221       2,458       1,934       1,229  
                                         
Total expenses
    374,600       319,682       268,864       225,230       145,961  
Income from operations
    36,718       38,892       31,986       19,306       12,046  
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest expense
    (4,844 )     (2,990 )     (2,035 )     (1,565 )     (1,268 )
Interest income
    1,558       772       491       85       4  
                                         
Other expense, net
    (3,286 )     (2,218 )     (1,544 )     (1,480 )     (1,264 )
Income before provision for income taxes
    33,432       36,674       30,442       17,826       10,782  
Provision for income taxes
    12,905       14,125       12,054       6,723       4,284  
                                         
Net income
  $ 20,527     $ 22,549     $ 18,388     $ 11,103     $ 6,498  
                                         
Net income per share(1):
                                       
Basic
  $ 1.39     $ 1.66     $ 1.35     $ 0.83     $ 0.49  
                                         
Diluted
  $ 1.17     $ 1.34     $ 1.05     $ 0.63     $ 0.38  
                                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                                       
Basic
    14,497       13,366       13,468       13,285       12,905  
                                         
Diluted
    17,470       16,823       17,505       17,519       16,985  
                                         
 
 
(1) See Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                         
    As of December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 51,732     $ 25,491     $ 11,635     $ 14,755     $ 745  
Working capital
    62,969       28,281       19,087       21,526       10,191  
Total assets
    267,389       190,531       119,390       80,255       62,538  
Long-term debt, less current maturities
    60,577       63,587       25,520       24,820       16,239  
Redeemable, convertible preferred stock
          2,725       2,725       2,725       2,722  
Stockholders’ equity
    129,677       51,147       32,634       17,828       7,343  
Cash dividends declared per common share
  $ 0.16     $ 0.13     $ 0.09     $ 0.05     $ 0.03  
 


52


Table of Contents

                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
 
Other Non-GAAP Financial Data:
                                       
EBITDA(1)
  $ 43,684     $ 43,113     $ 34,444     $ 21,240     $ 13,275  
EBITDAR(1)
    60,359       59,517       50,562       36,013       23,239  
 
 
(1) EBITDA and EBITDAR are supplemental non-GAAP financial measures. Regulation G, “Conditions for Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures,” and other provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, define and prescribe the conditions for use of certain non-GAAP financial information. We calculate EBITDA as net income before (a) interest expense, net, (b) provision for income taxes, and (c) depreciation and amortization. We calculate EBITDAR by adjusting EBITDA to exclude facility rent — cost of services. These non-GAAP financial measures are used in addition to and in conjunction with results presented in accordance with GAAP. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be relied upon to the exclusion of GAAP financial measures. These non-GAAP financial measures reflect an additional way of viewing aspects of our operations that, when viewed with our GAAP results and the accompanying reconciliations to corresponding GAAP financial measures, provide a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our business.
 
We believe EBITDA and EBITDAR are useful to investors and other external users of our financial statements in evaluating our operating performance because:
 
  •  they are widely used by investors and analysts in our industry as a supplemental measure to evaluate the overall operating performance of companies in our industry without regard to items such as interest expense, net and depreciation and amortization, which can vary substantially from company to company depending on the book value of assets, capital structure and the method by which assets were acquired; and
 
  •  they help investors evaluate and compare the results of our operations from period to period by removing the impact of our capital structure and asset base from our operating results.
 
We use EBITDA and EBITDAR:
 
  •  as measurements of our operating performance to assist us in comparing our operating performance on a consistent basis;
 
  •  to design incentive compensation and goal setting;
 
  •  to allocate resources to enhance the financial performance of our business;
 
  •  to evaluate the effectiveness of our operational strategies; and
 
  •  to compare our operating performance to that of our competitors.
 
We typically use EBITDA and EBITDAR to compare the operating performance of each skilled nursing and assisted living facility. EBITDA and EBITDAR are useful in this regard because they do not include such costs as net interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, and, with respect to EBITDAR, facility rent — cost of services, which may vary from period-to-period depending upon various factors, including the method used to finance facilities, the amount of debt that we have incurred, whether a facility is owned or leased, the date of acquisition of a facility or business, or the tax law of the state in which a business unit operates. As a result, we believe that the use of EBITDA and EBITDAR provide a meaningful and consistent comparison of our business between periods by eliminating certain items required by GAAP.
 
We also establish compensation programs and bonuses for our facility level employees that are partially based upon the achievement of EBITDAR targets.
 
Despite the importance of these measures in analyzing our underlying business, designing incentive compensation and for our goal setting, EBITDA and EBITDAR are non-GAAP financial measures that have no standardized meaning defined by GAAP. Therefore, our EBITDA and EBITDAR measures have limitations

53


Table of Contents

as analytical tools, and they should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
 
  •  they do not reflect our current or future cash requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;
 
  •  they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
 
  •  they do not reflect the net interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;
 
  •  they do not reflect any income tax payments we may be required to make;
 
  •  although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA and EBITDAR do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and
 
  •  other companies in our industry may calculate these measures differently than we do, which may limit their usefulness as comparative measures.
 
We compensate for these limitations by using them only to supplement net income on a basis prepared in accordance with GAAP in order to provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting our business.
 
Management strongly encourages investors to review our consolidated financial statements in their entirety and to not rely on any single financial measure. Because these non-GAAP financial measures are not standardized, it may not be possible to compare these financial measures with other companies’ non-GAAP financial measures having the same or similar names. For information about our financial results as reported in accordance with GAAP, see our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
 
The table below reconciles net income to EBITDA and EBITDAR for the periods presented:
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
 
Consolidated Statement of Income Data:
                                       
Net income
  $ 20,527     $ 22,549     $ 18,388     $ 11,103     $ 6,498  
Interest expense, net
    3,286       2,218       1,544       1,480       1,264  
Provision for income taxes
    12,905       14,125       12,054       6,723       4,284  
Depreciation and amortization
    6,966       4,221       2,458       1,934       1,229  
                                         
EBITDA
  $ 43,684     $ 43,113     $ 34,444     $ 21,240     $ 13,275  
                                         
Facility rent — cost of services
    16,675       16,404       16,118       14,773       9,964  
                                         
EBITDAR
  $ 60,359     $ 59,517     $ 50,562     $ 36,013     $ 23,239  
                                         


54


Table of Contents

Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes, which appear elsewhere in this Annual Report. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this Annual Report. See Item 1A. — “Risk Factors.”
 
Overview
 
We are a provider of skilled nursing and rehabilitative care services through the operation of 61 facilities located in California, Arizona, Texas, Washington, Utah and Idaho. All of these facilities are skilled nursing facilities, other than three stand-alone assisted living facilities in Arizona and Texas and four campuses that offer both skilled nursing and assisted living services in California, Arizona and Utah. Our facilities provide a broad spectrum of skilled nursing and assisted living services, physical, occupational and speech therapies, and other rehabilitative and healthcare services, for both long-term residents and short-stay rehabilitation patients. We encourage and empower our facility leaders and staff to make their facility the “facility of choice” in the community it serves. This means that our facility leaders and staff are generally free to discern and address the unique needs and priorities of healthcare professionals, customers and other stakeholders in the local community or market, and then work to create a superior service offering and reputation for that particular community or market to encourage prospective customers and referral sources to choose or recommend the facility. As of December 31, 2007, we owned 26 of our facilities and operated an additional 35 facilities under long-term lease arrangements, and had options to purchase, or purchase agreements in place, for 10 of those 35 facilities. The following table summarizes our facilities and licensed and independent living beds by ownership status as of December 31, 2007:
 
                                 
          Leased (with a
    Leased (without a
       
    Owned     Purchase Option)     Purchase Option)     Total  
 
Number of facilities
    26       10       25       61  
Percent of total
    42.6 %     16.4 %     41.0 %     100 %
Skilled nursing, assisted living and independent living beds(1)
    3,251       1,227       2,970       7,448  
Percent of total
    43.6 %     16.5 %     39.9 %     100 %
 
 
(1) Includes 671 beds in our 460 assisted living units and 84 independent living units as of December 31, 2007. All of the independent living units are located at one of our assisted living facilities. All bed counts are licensed beds except for independent living beds, and may not reflect the number of beds actually available for patient use.
 
The Ensign Group, Inc. is a holding company with no direct operating assets, employees or revenues. All of our facilities are operated by separate, wholly-owned, independent subsidiaries, which have their own management, employees and assets. In addition, one of our wholly-owned independent subsidiaries, which we call our Service Center, provides centralized accounting, payroll, human resources, information technology, legal, risk management and other services to each operating subsidiary through contractual relationships between such subsidiaries. In addition, we have a wholly-owned captive insurance subsidiary that provides some claims-made coverage to our operating subsidiaries for general and professional liability, as well as for certain workers’ compensation insurance liabilities.
 
Recent Developments
 
On November 15, 2007, in connection with our IPO, we sold 4.0 million shares of common stock, and on November 20, 2007, certain selling stockholders sold 0.6 million shares of common stock upon exercise in full of the over-allotment option, each at the IPO price of $16.00 per share. The proceeds to us from the IPO, net of underlying discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us (Net Proceeds), were


55


Table of Contents

approximately $56.5 million. Concurrently with the closing of our IPO, all previously outstanding shares of preferred stock converted into approximately 2.7 million shares of our common stock.
 
Key Performance Indicators
 
We manage our skilled nursing business by monitoring key performance indicators that affect our financial performance. These indicators and their definitions include the following:
 
  •  Routine revenue:   Routine revenue is generated by the contracted daily rate charged for all contractually inclusive services. The inclusion of therapy and other ancillary treatments varies by payor source and by contract. Services provided outside of the routine contractual agreement are recorded separately as ancillary revenue, including Medicare Part B therapy services, and are not included in the routine revenue definition.
 
  •  Skilled revenue:   The amount of routine revenue generated from patients in our skilled nursing facilities who are receiving care under Medicare or managed care reimbursement, referred to as “Medicare and managed care patients.” Skilled revenue excludes any revenue generated from our assisted living services.
 
  •  Skilled mix:   The amount of our skilled revenue as a percentage of our total routine revenue. Skilled mix (in days) represents the number of days our Medicare and managed care patients are receiving services at our skilled nursing facilities divided by the total number of days patients from all payor sources are receiving services at our skilled nursing facilities for any given period.
 
  •  Quality mix:   The amount of routine non-Medicaid revenue as a percentage of our total routine revenue. Quality mix (in days) represents the number of days our non-Medicaid patients are receiving services at our skilled nursing facilities divided by the total number of days patients from all payor sources are receiving services at our skilled nursing facilities for any given period.
 
  •  Average daily rates:   The routine revenue by payor source for a period at our skilled nursing facilities divided by actual patient days for that revenue source for that given period.
 
  •  Occupancy percentage:   The total number of residents occupying a bed in a skilled nursing, assisted living or independent living facility as a percentage of the number of licensed and independent living beds in the facility.
 
  •  Number of facilities and licensed beds:   The total number of skilled nursing, assisted living and independent living facilities that we own or operate and the total number of licensed and independent living beds associated with these facilities. Independent living beds do not have a licensing requirement.
 
Skilled and Quality Mix.   Like most skilled nursing providers, we measure both patient days and revenue by payor. Medicare and managed care patients, whom we refer to as high acuity patients, typically require a higher level of skilled nursing and rehabilitative care. Accordingly, Medicare and managed care reimbursement rates are typically higher than from other payors. In most states, Medicaid reimbursement rates are generally the lowest of all payor types. Changes in the payor mix can significantly affect our revenue and profitability.


56


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our skilled mix and quality mix for the periods indicated as a percentage of our total routine revenue (less revenue from assisted living services) and as a percentage of total patient days:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Skilled Mix:
                       
Days
    22.7 %     24.3 %     22.4 %
Revenue
    43.1 %     45.6 %     42.9 %
Quality Mix:
                       
Days
    35.7 %     37.4 %     36.0 %
Revenue
    53.4 %     55.5 %     53.5 %
 
Occupancy.   We define occupancy as the actual patient days (one patient day equals one patient or resident occupying one bed for one day) during any measurement period as a percentage of the number of available patient days for that period. Available patient days are determined by multiplying the number of licensed and independent living beds in service during the measurement period by the number of calendar days in the measurement period. During any measurement period, the number of licensed and independent living beds in a skilled nursing, assisted living or independent living facility that are actually available to us may be less than the actual licensed and independent living bed capacity due to, among other things, temporary bed suspensions as a result of low occupancy levels, the voluntary or other imposition of quarantines or bed holds, or the dedication of bed space to other uses.
 
The following table summarizes our occupancy statistics for the periods indicated:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Occupancy:
                       
Licensed and independent living beds at end of period(1)
    7,448       6,940       5,796  
Available patient days
    2,673,006       2,281,735       2,034,270  
Actual patient days
    2,078,893       1,849,932       1,668,566  
Occupancy percentage based on licensed beds
    77.8 %     81.1 %     82.0 %
 
 
(1) The number of licensed beds is calculated using the historical number of beds licensed at each facility. All bed counts are licensed beds except for independent living beds, and may not reflect the number of beds actually available for patient use.
 
Revenue Sources
 
Our total revenue represents revenue derived primarily from providing services to patients and residents of skilled nursing facilities, and to a lesser extent from assisted living facilities and ancillary services. We receive service revenue from Medicaid, Medicare, private payors and other third-party payors, and managed care sources. The sources and amounts of our revenue are determined by a number of factors, including licensed bed capacity and occupancy rates of our healthcare facilities, the mix of patients at our facilities and the rates of reimbursement among payors. Payment for ancillary services varies based upon the service


57


Table of Contents

provided and the type of payor. The following table sets forth our total revenue by payor source and as a percentage of total revenue for the periods indicated:
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    $     %     $     %     $     %  
    (In thousands)  
 
Revenue:
                                               
Medicare
  $ 123,170       30.0 %   $ 117,511       32.8 %   $ 96,208       32.0 %
Managed care
    52,779       12.8       44,487       12.4       33,484       11.1  
Private and other(1)
    52,579       12.8       45,312       12.6       39,831       13.2  
Medicaid
    182,790       44.4       151,264       42.2       131,327       43.7  
                                                 
Total revenue
  $ 411,318       100.0 %   $ 358,574       100.0 %   $ 300,850       100.0 %
                                                 
 
 
(1) Includes revenue from assisted living facilities.
 
Primary Components of Expense
 
Cost of Services (exclusive of facility rent and depreciation and amortization shown separately below).   Our cost of services represents the costs of operating our facilities and primarily consists of payroll and related benefits, supplies, purchased services, and ancillary expenses such as the cost of pharmacy and therapy services provided to residents. Cost of services also includes the cost of general and professional liability insurance and other general cost of services with respect to our facilities.
 
Facility Rent — Cost of Services.   Facility rent — cost of services consists solely of base minimum rent amounts payable under lease agreements to third-party owners of the facilities that we operate but do not own and does not include taxes, insurance, impounds, capital reserves or other charges payable under the applicable lease agreements.
 
General and Administrative Expense.   General and administrative expense consists primarily of payroll and related benefits and travel expenses for our administrative Service Center personnel, including training and other operational support. General and administrative expense also includes professional fees (including accounting and legal fees), costs relating to our information systems, stock-based compensation and rent for our Service Center office.
 
We expect our general and administrative expense to remain approximately the same as 2007 in the future as a result of becoming a public company. Our anticipated additional expenses include:
 
  •  increased salaries, bonuses and benefits necessary to attract and retain qualified accounting professionals as we seek to expand the size and enhance the skills of our accounting and finance staff;
 
  •  increased professional fees as we complete the process of complying with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including incurring additional audit fees in connection with our independent registered public accounting firm’s audit of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting;
 
  •  increased costs associated with creating and developing an internal audit function, which we have not had historically;
 
  •  increased legal costs associated with complying with reporting requirements under the federal securities laws; and
 
  •  the incurrence of miscellaneous costs, such as stock exchange fees, investor relations fees, filing expenses, training expenses and increased directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.


58


Table of Contents

 
Depreciation and Amortization.   Property and equipment are recorded at their original historical cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets. The following is a summary of the depreciable lives of our depreciable assets:
 
     
Buildings and improvements
  15 to 30 years
Leasehold improvements
  Shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life, generally 5 to 15 years
Furniture and equipment
  3 to 10 years
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements and related disclosures requires us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent asset and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis we review our judgments and estimates, including those related to doubtful accounts, income taxes and loss contingencies. We base our estimates and judgments upon our historical experience, knowledge of current conditions and our belief of what could occur in the future considering available information, including assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. By their nature, these estimates and judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty and actual results could differ materially from the amounts reported. The following summarizes our critical accounting policies, defined as those policies that we believe: (a) are the most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations; and (b) require management’s most subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
We follow the provisions of Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements (SAB 104), for revenue recognition. Under SAB 104, four conditions must be met before revenue can be recognized: (i) there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; (ii) delivery has occurred or service has been rendered; (iii) the price is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collection is reasonably assured.
 
Our revenue is derived primarily from providing long-term healthcare services to residents and is recognized on the date services are provided at amounts billable to individual residents. For residents under reimbursement arrangements with third-party payors, including Medicaid, Medicare and private insurers, revenue is recorded based on contractually agreed-upon amounts on a per patient, daily basis.
 
Revenue from the Medicare and Medicaid programs accounted for approximately 74%, 75% and 76% of our revenue in the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. We record our revenue from these governmental and managed care programs as services are performed at their expected net realizable amounts under these programs. Our revenue from governmental and managed care programs is subject to audit and retroactive adjustment by governmental and third-party agencies. Consistent with healthcare industry accounting practices, any changes to these revenue estimates are recorded in the period the change or adjustment becomes known based on final settlements. We recorded retroactive adjustments that increased revenue by $0.7 million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The adjustment for 2005 does not include the 2004 retroactive adjustment to record a California state Medicaid rate increase. Because of the complexity of the laws and regulations governing Medicare and Medicaid assistance programs, our estimates may potentially change by a material amount. We record our revenue from private pay patients as services are performed. Also, see Note 17 for further discussion.


59


Table of Contents

Accounts Receivable
 
Accounts receivable are comprised of amounts due from patients and residents, Medicare and Medicaid payor programs, third party insurance payors and other nursing facilities and customers. We value our receivables based on the net amount we expect to receive from these payors. In evaluating the collectibility of our accounts receivable, management considers a number of factors including changes in collection patterns, accounts receivable aging trends by payor category and the status of ongoing disputes with third party payors. The percentages applied to our aged receivable balances for purposes of establishing allowances for doubtful accounts are based on our historical experience and time limits, if any, for managed care, Medicare and Medicaid. We periodically refine our procedures for estimating the allowance for doubtful accounts based on experience with the estimation process and changes in circumstances. Our receivables from Medicare and Medicaid payor programs accounted for approximately 61% and 65% of our total accounts receivable as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and represents our only significant concentration of credit risk.
 
Self-Insurance
 
We are partially self-insured for general and professional liability up to a base amount per claim (the self-insured retention) with an aggregate, one time deductible above this limit. Losses beyond these amounts are insured through third-party policies with coverage limits per occurrence, per location and on an aggregate basis for our company. For claims made in 2007, the self-insured retention was $0.4 million per claim with a $0.9 million deductible. The third-party coverage above these limits is $1.0 million per occurrence, $3.0 million per facility with a $6.0 million company aggregate. The insurers’ maximum aggregate loss limits are generally above our actuarially determined probable losses; therefore, we believe the likelihood of losses exceeding the insurers’ maximum aggregate loss is remote.
 
The self-insured retention and deductible limits for general and professional liability and worker’s compensation are self-insured through a wholly-owned insurance captive (the Captive), the related assets and liabilities of which are included in the consolidated financial statements. The Captive is subject to certain statutory requirements as an insurance provider. These requirements include, but are not limited to, maintaining statutory capital. Our policy is to accrue amounts equal to the estimated costs to settle open claims of insureds, as well as an estimate of the cost of insured claims that have been incurred but not reported. We develop information about the size of the ultimate claims based on historical experience, current industry information and actuarial analysis, and have evaluated the estimates for claim loss exposure on an annual basis through 2006, and on a quarterly basis beginning with the first quarter of 2007. Accrued general liability and professional malpractice liabilities recorded on an undiscounted basis in the consolidated balance sheets were $18.6 million and $16.0 million as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Our operating subsidiaries are self-insured for workers’ compensation liability in California. In Texas, the operating subsidiaries have elected non-subscriber status for workers’ compensation claims. Our operating subsidiaries in other states have third party guaranteed cost coverage. In California and Texas, we accrue amounts equal to the estimated costs to settle open claims, as well as an estimate of the cost of claims that have been incurred but not reported. We use actuarial valuations to estimate the liability based on historical experience and industry information. Accrued workers’ compensation liabilities are recorded on an undiscounted basis in the consolidated balance sheets and were $4.1 million and $4.4 million as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
During 2003 and 2004, our California and Arizona operating subsidiaries were insured for workers’ compensation liability by a third-party carrier under a policy where the retrospective premium was adjusted annually based on incurred developed losses and allocated expenses. Based on a comparison of the computed retrospective premium to the actual payments funded, amounts will be due to the insurer or insured. The funded accrual in excess of the estimated liabilities is included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets and was $0.4 million and $0.9 million as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Effective May 1, 2006, we began to provide self-insured medical (including prescription drugs) and dental healthcare benefits to the majority of our employees. Prior to this, we had multiple third-party HMO and PPO


60


Table of Contents

plans, of which certain HMO plans are still active. We are not aware of any run-off claim liabilities from the prior plans. We are fully liable for all financial and legal aspects of these benefit plans. To protect ourselves against loss exposure with this policy, we have purchased individual stop-loss insurance coverage that insures individual claims that exceed $0.1 million for each covered person which resets every plan year or a maximum of $6.0 million per each covered person’s lifetime on the PPO plan and unlimited on the HMO plan. We have also purchased aggregate stop-loss coverage that reimburses the plan up to $5.0 million to the extent that paid claims exceed $7.2 million. The aforementioned coverage only applies to claims paid during the plan year. Our accrued liability under these plans recorded on an undiscounted basis in the consolidated balance sheets was $1.9 million and $1.0 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
We believe that adequate provision has been made in the consolidated financial statements for liabilities that may arise out of patient care, workers’ compensation, healthcare benefits and related services provided to date. The amount of our reserves was determined based on an estimation process that uses information obtained from both company-specific and industry data. This estimation process requires us to continuously monitor and evaluate the life cycle of the claims. Using data obtained from this monitoring and our assumptions about emerging trends, we, with the assistance of an independent actuary, develop information about the size of ultimate claims based on our historical experience and other available industry information. The most significant assumptions used in the estimation process include determining the trend in costs, the expected cost of claims incurred but not reported and the expected costs to settle or pay damage awards with respect to unpaid claims. It is possible, however, that the actual liabilities may exceed our estimate of loss.
 
The self-insured liabilities are based upon estimates, and while management believes that the estimates of loss are reasonable, the ultimate liability may be in excess of or less than the recorded amounts. Due to the inherent volatility of actuarially determined loss estimates, it is reasonably possible that we could experience changes in estimated losses that could be material to net income. If our actual liability exceeds its estimate of loss, our future earnings and financial condition would be adversely affected.
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
 
Management reviews the carrying value of long-lived assets that are held and used in our operations for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is determined based upon expected undiscounted future net cash flows from the operations to which the assets relate, utilizing management’s best estimate, appropriate assumptions, and projections at the time. If the carrying value is determined to be unrecoverable from future operating cash flows, the asset is deemed impaired and an impairment loss would be recognized to the extent the carrying value exceeded the estimated fair value of the asset. We estimate the fair value of assets based on the estimated future discounted cash flows of the asset. Management has evaluated its long-lived assets and has not identified any impairment as of December 31, 2007 and 2006.
 
Intangible Assets and Goodwill
 
Intangible assets consist primarily of deferred financing costs, lease acquisition costs and trade names. Deferred financing costs are amortized over the term of the related debt, ranging from seven to 26 years. Lease acquisition costs are amortized over the life of the lease of the facility acquired, ranging from ten to 20 years. Trade names are amortized over 30 years.
 
Goodwill is accounted for under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 141, Business Combinations (SFAS 141) and represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in business combinations. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (SFAS 142), goodwill is subject to annual testing for impairment. In addition, goodwill is tested for impairment if events occur or circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. We perform our annual test for impairment during the fourth quarter of each year. We did not record any impairment charges during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.


61


Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation
 
As of January 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123(R)), which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors including employee stock options based on estimated fair values, ratably over the requisite service period of the award. Net income is reduced by the recognition of the fair value of all stock options issued on and subsequent to January 1, 2006, the amount of which is contingent upon the number of future options granted and other variables. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), we accounted for stock-based awards to employees and directors using the intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB 25) as allowed under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (SFAS 123).
 
We adopted SFAS 123(R) using the prospective transition method. Our consolidated financial statements as of and for the periods ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 reflect the impact of SFAS 123(R). In accordance with the prospective transition method, our consolidated financial statements for periods prior to January 1, 2006 have not been restated to reflect, and do not include, the impact of SFAS 123(R).
 
Historically, no compensation expense was recognized by us in our financial statements in connection with the awarding of stock option grants to employees provided that, as of the grant date, all terms associated with the award were fixed and the fair value of our stock, as of the grant date, was equal to or less than the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock. We would have recognized compensation expense in situations where the fair value of our common stock on the grant date was greater than the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in our consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2007 does not include compensation expense for share-based payment awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of January 1, 2006, in accordance with the pro forma provisions of SFAS 123, but does include compensation expense for the share-based payment awards granted subsequent to January 1, 2006 based on the fair value on the grant date estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R). Existing options at January 1, 2006 will continue to be accounted for in accordance with APB 25 unless such options are modified, repurchased or canceled after the effective date.
 
Income Taxes
 
Income taxes are accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (SFAS 109). Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are established for temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of our assets and liabilities at tax rates expected to be in effect when such temporary differences are expected to reverse. The temporary differences are primarily attributable to compensation accruals, straight line rent adjustments and reserves for doubtful accounts and insurance liabilities. When necessary, we record a valuation allowance to reduce our net deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. In considering the need for a valuation allowance against some portion or all of our deferred tax assets, we must make certain estimates and assumptions regarding future taxable income, the feasibility of tax planning strategies and other factors.
 
Estimates and judgments regarding deferred tax assets and the associated valuation allowance, if any, are based on, among other things, knowledge of operations, markets, historical trends and likely future changes and, when appropriate, the opinions of advisors with knowledge and expertise in certain fields. However, due to the nature of certain assets and liabilities, there are risks and uncertainties associated with some of our estimates and judgments. Actual results could differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. The net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 were $11.7 and $12.6 million, respectively. We expect to fully utilize these deferred tax assets; however, their ultimate realization is dependent upon the amount of future taxable income during the periods in which the temporary differences become deductible.
 
As of January 1, 2007, we adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (FIN 48). FIN 48 requires us to maintain a liability for underpayment of income taxes and related interest and penalties, if any, for uncertain income tax positions. In considering the need for and magnitude of a liability for uncertain


62


Table of Contents

income tax positions, we must make certain estimates and assumptions regarding the amount of income tax benefit that will ultimately be realized. The ultimate resolution of an uncertain tax position may not be known for a number of years, during which time we may be required to adjust these reserves, in light of changing facts and circumstances.
 
We used an estimate of our annual income tax rate to recognize a provision for income taxes in financial statements for interim periods. However, changes in facts and circumstances could result in adjustments to our effective tax rate in future quarterly or annual periods.
 
Acquisition Policy
 
We periodically enter into agreements to acquire assets and/or businesses. The considerations involved in each of these agreements may include cash, financing, and/or long-term lease arrangements for real properties. We evaluate each transaction to determine whether the acquired interests are assets or businesses using the framework provided by Emerging Issue Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 98-3, Determining Whether a Nonmonetary Transaction Involves Receipt of Productive Assets or of a Business (EITF 98-3). EITF 98-3 defines a business as a self sustaining integrated set of activities and assets conducted and managed for the purpose of providing a return to investors. A business consists of (a) input; (b) processes applied to those inputs; and (c) resulting outputs that are used to generate revenues. In order for an acquired set of activities and assets to be a business, it must contain all of the inputs and processes necessary for it to continue to conduct normal operations after the acquired entity is separated from the seller, including the ability to sustain a revenue stream by providing its outputs to customers. An acquired set of activities and assets fail the definition of a business if it excludes one or more of the above items such that it is not possible to continue normal operations and sustain a revenue stream by providing its products and/or services to customers.
 
Operating Leases
 
We account for operating leases in accordance with SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases , and FASB Technical Bulletin 85-3, Accounting for Operating Leases with Scheduled Rent Increases . Accordingly, we recognize rent expense under the operating leases for our facilities and administrative offices on a straight-line basis over the original term of such leases, inclusive of predetermined rent escalations or modifications.
 
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations (SFAS 141(R)), which replaces SFAS 141. The provisions of SFAS 141(R) are similar to those of SFAS 141; however, SFAS 141(R) requires companies to record most identifiable assets, liabilities, noncontrolling interests, and goodwill acquired in a business combination at “full fair value.” SFAS 141(R) also requires companies to record fair value estimates of contingent consideration and certain other potential liabilities during the original purchase price allocation and to expense acquisition costs as incurred. This statement applies to all business combinations, including combinations by contract alone. Further, under SFAS 141(R), all business combinations will be accounted for by applying the acquisition method. SFAS 141(R) is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. We are currently evaluating the impact that SFAS 141(R) will have on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements (SFAS 160), which will require noncontrolling interests (previously referred to as minority interests) to be treated as a separate component of equity, not as a liability or other item outside of permanent equity. This Statement applies to the accounting for noncontrolling interests and transactions with noncontrolling interest holders in consolidated financial statements. SFAS 160 will be applied prospectively to all noncontrolling interests, including any that arose before the effective date except that comparative period information must be recast to classify noncontrolling interests in equity, attribute net income and other comprehensive income to noncontrolling interests, and provide other disclosures required by Statement 160. SFAS 160 is effective for periods beginning on or after December 15, 2008. We are currently evaluating the impact that SFAS 160 will have on our consolidated financial statements.


63


Table of Contents

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS 157), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 applies to other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. Subsequently, in February 2008, the FASB issued two staff positions on SFAS 157 (FSP FAS 157-1 and 157-2) which scope out the lease classification measurements under FASB Statement No. 13 from SFAS 157 and delays the effective date on SFAS 157 for all nonrecurring fair value measurements of nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities until fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. We are currently evaluating the impact, if any, that SFAS 157 will have on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option For Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (SFAS 159). SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We are currently evaluating the impact, if any, that SFAS 159 will have on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In June 2007, the FASB ratified EITF consensus 06-11, Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards. This EITF prescribes that the tax benefit received on dividends associated with share-based awards that are charged to retained earnings should be recorded in additional paid-in capital and included in the pool of excess tax benefits available to absorb potential future tax deficiencies of share-based payment awards. The consensus is effective for the tax benefits of dividends declared in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007. We are currently evaluating the impact that EITF 06-11 will have on our consolidated financial statements.
 
Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements
 
In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48, which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, by prescribing a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. We adopted FIN 48 at the beginning of fiscal year 2007. See Note 10 in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the impact of this adoption on our consolidated financial position and results of operations.


64


Table of Contents

Results of Operations
 
The following table sets forth details of our revenue, expenses and earnings as a percentage of total revenue for the periods indicated:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Revenue
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Expenses:
                       
Cost of services (exclusive of facility rent and depreciation and amortization shown separately below)
    81.4       79.4       79.6  
Facility rent — cost of services
    4.1       4.6       5.4  
General and administrative expense
    3.9       4.0       3.6  
Depreciation and amortization
    1.7       1.2       0.8  
                         
Total expenses
    91.1       89.2       89.4  
Income from operations
    8.9       10.8       10.6  
Other income (expense):
                       
Interest expense
    (1.2 )     (0.8 )     (0.7 )
Interest income
    0.4       0.2       0.2  
                         
Other expense, net
    (0.8 )     (0.6 )     (0.5 )
                         
Income before provision for income taxes
    8.1       10.2       10.1  
Provision for income taxes
    3.1       3.9       4.0  
                         
Net income
    5.0 %     6.3 %     6.1 %
                         
 
Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,        
    2007     2006     Change  
    (Dollars in thousands)        
 
Same Facility Results(1):
                       
Revenue
  $ 344,712     $ 337,004       2.3 %
Number of facilities at period end
    46       46       0 %
Actual patient days
    1,713,103       1,730,689       (1.0 )%
Occupancy percentage
    81.4 %     82.0 %     (0.6 )%
Skilled mix by nursing days
    23.7 %     24.8 %     (1.1 )%
Recently Acquired Facility Results(2):
                       
Revenue
  $ 66,606     $ 21,571       208.8 %
Number of facilities at period end
    15       11       36.4 %
Actual patient days
    365,790       119,243       206.8 %
Occupancy percentage
    64.4 %     67.9 %     (3.5 )%
Skilled mix by nursing days
    18.3 %     17.7 %     0.6 %
Total Facility Results:
                       
Revenue
  $ 411,318     $ 358,575       14.7 %
Number of facilities at period end
    61       57       7.0 %
Actual patient days
    2,078,893       1,849,932       12.4 %
Occupancy percentage
    77.8 %     81.1 %     (3.3 )%
Skilled mix by nursing days
    22.7 %     24.3 %     (1.6 )%
 
 
(1) Same Facility represents all facilities acquired prior to January 1, 2006.
 
(2) Recently Acquired Facility represents all facilities acquired subsequent to January 1, 2006.


65


Table of Contents

 
Revenue.   Revenue increased $52.7 million, or 14.7%, to $411.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $358.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Of the $52.7 million increase, skilled revenue (Medicare and managed care) increased $13.9 million, or 9.0%, Medicaid revenue increased $31.5 million, or 20.9%, and private and other revenue increased $7.3 million, or 16.0%.
 
Revenue generated by facilities acquired prior to January 1, 2006 (Same Facilities) increased $7.7 million, or 2.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was primarily due to higher reimbursement rates relative to the year ended December 31, 2006, as described below, partially offset by declines in skilled mix by nursing days and occupancy rate. Same Facility skilled mix and occupancy rate declines of 1.1% and 0.6%, respectively, were primarily attributable to three facilities, where revenues decreased by an aggregate of approximately $4.7 million. These three facilities experienced occupancy rate declines of 1.3%, 9.8% and 12.0% as compared to the year ended December 31, 2006. These declines were primarily attributable to Medicare day declines. The occupancy declines at two of these facilities were primarily the result of admission holds during the first quarter of 2007, followed by a slower than anticipated climb to more normalized occupancy levels. The decline at the remaining facility is attributable to a change in local market factors. These revenue declines were more than offset by the increase in same facility revenues primarily attributable to increases in reimbursement rates; see further discussion below. For additional discussion on admission holds see our Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Industry “Public and governmental calls for increased survey and enforcement efforts against long-term care facilities could result in increased scrutiny by state and federal survey agencies.”
 
Approximately $45.0 million of the total revenue increase was due to revenue generated by facilities acquired during 2006 and 2007 (Recently Acquired Facilities) which was primarily attributable to the increase in actual patient days, complemented by an increase in skilled mix and quality mix by nursing day at such facilities. This growth was hindered in part by generally lower occupancy rates. The occupancy rate, skilled mix and quality mix at Recently Acquired Facilities were 64.4%, 18.3% and 34.1%, respectively, as compared to corresponding rates at Same Facilities of 81.4%, 23.7% and 36.1%, respectively. Historically, we have generally experienced lower occupancy rates, lower skilled mix and quality mix in Recently Acquired Facilities, and we expect this trend to continue.
 
The following table reflects the change in the skilled nursing average daily revenue rates by payor source, excluding therapy and other ancillary services that are not covered by the daily rate:
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    Total     Acquisitions     Same Facility  
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
 
Skilled Nursing Average Daily Revenue Rates:
                                               
Medicare
  $ 451.33     $ 441.78     $ 391.13     $ 385.10     $ 467.64     $ 446.31  
Managed care
    297.42       274.39       352.50       301.81       294.25       274.07  
Total skilled revenue
    389.96       377.54       385.53       377.77       390.74       377.53  
Medicaid
    149.53       143.17       133.22       135.72       153.42       144.54  
Private and other payors
    161.64       152.74       142.38       137.81       167.01       154.04  
Total skilled nursing revenue
  $ 206.07     $ 201.45     $ 180.92     $ 178.89     $ 211.86     $ 204.13  
 
The average Medicare daily rate increased by approximately 2.2% in the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2006, primarily as a result of statutory inflationary increases. The average Medicaid rate increase of 3.9% in the year ended December 31, 2007 relative to the same period in the prior year primarily resulted from increases in reimbursement rates. The change in the daily rate in the private and other payors category was primarily due to net rate changes based on local market dynamics.


66


Table of Contents

Payor Sources as a Percentage of Skilled Nursing Services.   We use both our skilled mix and quality mix as measures of the quality of reimbursements we receive at our skilled nursing facilities over various periods. The following table sets forth our percentage of skilled nursing patient revenue and days by payor source:
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    Total     Acquisitions     Same Facility  
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
 
Percentage of Skilled Nursing Revenue:
                                               
Medicare
    30.0 %     32.9 %     33.9 %     34.8 %     29.3 %     32.8 %
Managed care
    13.1       12.7       5.2       2.6       14.7       13.4  
                                                 
Skilled mix
    43.1       45.6       39.1       37.4       44.0       46.2  
Private and other payors
    10.3       9.9       12.4       11.8       9.8       9.8  
                                                 
Quality mix
    53.4       55.5       51.5       49.2       53.8       56.0  
Medicaid
    46.6       44.5       48.5       50.8       46.2       44.0  
                                                 
Total skilled nursing
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    Total     Acquisitions     Same Facility  
    2007     2006     2007     2006     2007     2006  
 
Percentage of Skilled Nursing Days:
                                               
Medicare
    13.6 %     15.0 %     15.7 %     16.1 %     13.2 %     14.9 %
Managed care
    9.1       9.3       2.6       1.6       10.5       9.9  
                                                 
Skilled mix
    22.7       24.3       18.3       17.7       23.7       24.8  
Private and other payors
    13.0       13.1       15.8       15.3       12.4       13.0  
                                                 
Quality mix
    35.7       37.4       34.1       33.0       36.1       37.8  
Medicaid
    64.3       62.6       65.9       67.0       63.9       62.2  
                                                 
Total skilled nursing
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
 
The period to period decline in the quality mix is primarily attributable to the decline in Medicare occupancy rates, which is described above.
 
Cost of Services (exclusive of facility rent and depreciation and amortization shown separately below).   Cost of services increased $50.2 million, or 17.6%, to $335.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $284.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Of the $50.2 million increase, $12.4 million was attributable to Same Facility increases and the remaining $37.8 million was attributable to Recently Acquired Facilities. The $50.2 million increase was primarily due to a $27.9 million increase in salaries and benefits, a $4.1 million increase in insurance costs and a $7.3 million increase in ancillary expenses. Of the $27.9 million increase in salaries and benefits, $6.4 million was attributable to Same Facility increases and the remaining $21.5 million was attributable to Recently Acquired Facilities. The increase in salaries and benefits was primarily due to increases in nursing wages and benefits. The increase in insurance costs was primarily a result of increased self-insured medical and dental healthcare benefits due to an increase in current and projected claims. Additionally, as a result of the adoption of SFAS 123(R), we have, and will continue to experience higher stock-based compensation expense. We granted approximately 0.4 million stock options to employees and non employee directors in January 2008. The quantity of grants was somewhat elevated over our normal option grant patterns because we did not make grants during 2007 while in the process of becoming a public company. We expect that the flow of option grants will generally occur at reduced levels in subsequent periods.
 
Facility Rent — Cost of Services.   Facility rent — cost of services increased $0.3 million, or 1.7%, to $16.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $16.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This expense includes an increase of $0.9 million due to the acquisition of facilities under


67


Table of Contents

operating lease agreements that we began operating during 2006 and 2007 and annual increases in rent tied to the change in the Consumer Price Index (CPI) at Same Facilities. This increase was directly offset by a decrease in rent expense of $0.6 million as a result of our purchases of previously leased properties during 2006 and 2007.
 
General and Administrative Expense.   General and administrative expense increased $1.7 million, or 12.2%, to $15.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $14.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The $1.7 million increase was primarily due to increases in professional fees of $1.8 million and wage and benefits of $2.4 million. The increase in professional fees was primarily due to increases in accounting and tax services and professional staffing fees, all of which were increased in scope as compared to December 31, 2006 as we were transitioning to a public company. The increase in wages and benefits was primarily due to additional staffing in our accounting and legal departments. These increases were offset in part by reductions in incentive compensation of $1.8 million due to reduced profitability as well as reduced litigation costs due to the settlement of a class action lawsuit during 2006 which did not recur in 2007. Additionally, as a result of the adoption of SFAS 123(R), we have, and will continue to experience higher stock-based compensation expense. We granted approximately 0.4 million stock options to employees and non employee directors in January 2008. The quantity of grants was somewhat elevated over our normal option grant patterns because we did not make grants during 2007 while in the process of becoming a public company. We expect that the flow of option grants will generally occur at reduced levels in subsequent periods.
 
Depreciation and Amortization.   Depreciation and amortization expense increased $2.8 million, or 65.0%, to $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was related to the additional depreciation and amortization of Recently Acquired Facilities, as well as an increase in Same Facility depreciation expense due to increased capital improvements.
 
Other Income (Expense).   Other income (expense) increased $1.1 million, or 48.1%, to $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was primarily due to an increase in interest expense primarily related to an increase in overall borrowings that occurred throughout 2006 and thereby resulted in a larger balance outstanding under the Term Loan during the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in interest expense was partially offset by an increase in interest income of $0.8 million to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase primarily resulted from interest earned on our higher average cash balances within our insurance subsidiary’s investment balances and IPO funds.
 
Provision for Income Taxes.   Provision for income taxes decreased $1.2 million, or 8.6%, to $12.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $14.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This decrease resulted from lower income before income taxes, which was offset in part by an increase in the 2007 effective tax rate of 0.1% due to the adoption of FIN 48 and its impact on our permanent non-deductible items and accruals for tax related interest.


68


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2005
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,        
    2006     2005     Change  
    (Dollars in thousands)        
 
Same Facility Results(1):
                       
Revenue
  $ 310,963     $ 290,685       7.0 %
Number of facilities at period end
    43       43       0 %
Actual patient days
    1,615,757       1,619,637       (0.2 )%
Occupancy percentage
    81.9 %     82.1 %     (0.2 )%
Skilled mix by nursing days
    24.7 %     22.3 %     2.4 %
Recently Acquired Facility Results(2):
                       
Revenue
  $ 47,612     $ 10,165       368.4 %
Number of facilities at period end
    14       3       366.7 %
Actual patient days
    234,175       48,929       378.6 %
Occupancy percentage
    74.6 %     81.6 %     (7.0 )%
Skilled mix by nursing days
    21.9 %     22.4 %     (0.5 )%
Total Facility Results:
                       
Revenue
  $ 358,575     $ 300,850       19.2 %
Number of facilities at period end
    57       46       23.9 %
Actual patient days
    1,849,932       1,668,566       10.9 %
Occupancy percentage
    81.1 %     82.1 %     (1.0 )%
Skilled mix by nursing days
    24.3 %     22.4 %     1.9 %
 
 
(1) Same Facility represents all facilities acquired prior to January 1, 2005.
 
(2) Recently Acquired Facility represent all facilities acquired subsequent to January 1, 2005.
 
Revenue.   Revenue increased $57.7 million, or 19.2%, to $358.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $300.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Of the $57.7 million increase in 2006, skilled revenue (Medicare and managed care) increased $32.3 million, or 24.9%, Medicaid revenue increased $19.9 million, or 15.2%, and private and other revenue increased $5.5 million, or 13.8%. Approximately $37.5 million of the increase in 2006 was due to revenue generated by acquired facilities. We acquired 11 facilities in 2006, which contributed approximately $21.6 million of the 2006 increase in revenue. In addition, approximately $15.9 million of the increase in the revenue in 2006 was due to the effect of having the full 12 months of operations in 2006 of three facilities that we acquired during 2005.
 
The remaining $20.2 million increase in revenue in 2006 was primarily due to additional revenues of approximately $4.1 million related to a net occupancy increase in the overall skilled nursing population and $18.2 million from the continuing shift to higher acuity/higher rate category residents combined with higher reimbursement rates relative to 2005, as described below. This increase in skilled revenues was partially offset by lower ancillary revenues of approximately $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, which was primarily due to the application of annual maximum limits per resident for Medicare therapy reimbursement.


69


Table of Contents

The following table reflects the change in the skilled nursing average daily revenue rates by payor source, excluding therapy and other ancillary services that are not covered by the daily rate:
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    Total     Acquisitions     Same Facility  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
 
Skilled Nursing Average Daily Revenue Rates:
                                               
Medicare
  $ 441.78     $ 411.51     $ 420.68     $ 425.76     $ 445.62     $ 411.08  
Managed care
    274.39       263.80       293.91       286.19       272.82       262.91  
Total skilled revenue
    377.54       357.84       391.40       366.32       375.59       357.56  
Medicaid
    143.17       135.22       143.60       147.56       143.93       135.68  
Private and other payors
    152.74       144.21       153.16       151.90       152.65       143.73  
Total skilled nursing revenue
  $ 201.45     $ 186.20     $ 199.52     $ 197.71     $ 202.84     $ 186.89  
 
The average Medicare daily rate increased by approximately 7.4% in 2006 as compared to 2005, primarily as a result of statutory inflationary increases, as well as a higher patient acuity mix. The average Medicaid rate increase of 5.9% in 2006 primarily resulted from increases in reimbursement rates in Texas and California. The increase in the California rate was partially offset by a daily enhancement fee charged for each occupied day recorded and discussed in cost of services below. The change in the daily rate in the private and other category was primarily due to rate increases based on market dynamics.
 
Payor Sources as a Percentage of Skilled Nursing Services.   We use both our skilled mix and quality mix as measures of the quality of reimbursements we receive at our skilled nursing facilities over various periods. The following table sets forth our percentage of skilled nursing patient days and revenue by payor source:
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    Total     Acquisitions     Same Facility  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
 
Percentage of Skilled Nursing Revenue:
                                               
Medicare
    32.9 %     31.4 %     35.5 %     27.8 %     32.5 %     31.6 %
Managed care
    12.7       11.5       7.4       13.8       13.5       11.4  
                                                 
Skilled mix
    45.6       42.9       42.9       41.6       46.0       43.0  
Private and other payors
    9.9       10.5       13.4       18.9       9.4       10.3  
                                                 
Quality mix
    55.5       53.4       56.3       60.5       55.4       53.3  
Medicaid
    44.5       46.6       43.7       39.5       44.6       46.7  
                                                 
Total skilled nursing
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    Total     Acquisitions     Same Facility  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
 
Percentage of Skilled Nursing Days:
                                               
Medicare
    15.0 %     14.3 %     16.8 %     12.9 %     14.7 %     14.3 %
Managed care
    9.3       8.1       5.1       9.5       10.0       8.1  
                                                 
Skilled mix
    24.3       22.4       21.9       22.4       24.7       22.4  
Private and other payors
    13.1       13.6       17.4       24.6       12.4       13.2  
                                                 
Quality mix
    37.4       36.0       39.3       47.0       37.1       35.6  
Medicaid
    62.6       64.0       60.7       53.0       62.9       64.4  
                                                 
Total skilled nursing
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %


70


Table of Contents

With our marketing focus on the skilled segment of the business, we experienced growth in the skilled categories and a corresponding decline in the revenue and occupancy percentage in the Medicaid, and private and other payors categories.
 
Cost of Services (exclusive of facility rent and depreciation and amortization shown separately below).   Cost of services increased $45.4 million, or 19.0%, to $284.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $239.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Of the $45.4 million increase, $17.8 million was due to cost of services of facilities acquired in 2006 and $12.7 million reflected the impact in 2006 relating to facilities acquired in 2005. The remaining $14.9 million increase was primarily due to a $7.3 million increase in wages and benefits (mainly nursing labor), which was partially offset by a reduction of $0.9 million in California workers compensation cost, $1.7 million resulted from the increased use of contract nursing personnel (mainly in Arizona due to a state-wide acute nursing shortage), $4.7 million was due to higher ancillary costs related to increased therapy and other treatment needs associated with the higher skilled occupancy percentage, and $1.3 million was due to an increase in the California Enhancement Fee. The California Enhancement Fee is a per occupied daily charge imposed by the state that increased by $2.33 per resident occupied day from a weighted average rate of $5.18 in 2005 to $7.51 in 2006. This enhancement fee is directly related to, and partially offset, the reimbursement rate increase discussed above. The increase in our cost of services in 2006 was offset in part by a reduction of $0.5 million in professional liability insurance costs in 2006.
 
Facility Rent — Cost of Services.   Facility rent — cost of services increased $0.3 million, or 1.8%, to $16.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $16.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Of this increase, $0.2 million resulted from acquired leased facilities in 2006.
 
General and Administrative Expense.   General and administrative expense increased $3.3 million, or 30.3%, to $14.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $10.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Of the $3.3 million increase, $1.9 million was due to increased wages and benefits primarily due to a $1.1 million increase in incentive compensation, $0.5 million resulted from increased audit and professional fees primarily due to the increased scope of financial and tax audits in preparation for our initial public offering, and $1.0 million related to the settlement of a class action lawsuit. The remaining net change included $0.4 million in SFAS 123(R) stock compensation expense.
 
Depreciation and Amortization.   Depreciation and amortization expense increased $1.8 million, or 71.7%, to $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Of this increase, $1.4 million is related to the additional depreciation and amortization of facilities acquired in 2006.
 
Other Income (Expense).   Interest expense increased $1.0 million, or 50.0% to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. This increase in interest expense primarily related to increased borrowings in 2006 under our long-term loan to provide the capital to purchase a portion of the facilities acquired in 2006. The increase in interest expense was partially offset by an increase in interest income of $0.3 million to $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. This increase primarily resulted from interest earned on our insurance subsidiary’s investment balances.
 
Provision for Income Taxes.   Provision for income taxes increased $2.0 million, or 17.2%, to $14.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to $12.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. This increase primarily resulted from higher income before income taxes, which was offset in part by a decrease in the 2006 effective tax rate of 1.1% due to an increased benefit in the application of employment tax credits in 2006.


71


Table of Contents

Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
 
The following table presents our unaudited quarterly consolidated results of operations for each of the eight quarters in the two year period ended December 31, 2007. The unaudited quarterly consolidated information has been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. You should read the following table presenting our quarterly consolidated results of operations in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for any future period.
 
                                                                 
    Dec. 31,
    Sept. 30,
    June 30,
    Mar. 31,
    Dec. 31,
    Sept. 30,
    June 30,
    March 31,
 
    2007     2007     2007     2007     2006     2006     2006     2006  
    (In thousands)  
 
Revenue
  $ 108,979     $ 104,092     $ 100,269     $ 97,978     $ 97,509     $ 92,338     $ 85,375     $ 83,352  
Cost of services (exclusive of facility rent and depreciation and amortization)
    87,837       86,176       80,154       80,847       78,705       72,792       67,749       65,601  
Total expenses
    98,270       96,166       89,884       90,280       87,948       81,946       76,120       73,668  
                                                                 
Income from operations
    10,709       7,926       10,385       7,698       9,561       10,392       9,255       9,684  
Net income
  $ 6,229     $ 4,466     $ 5,695     $ 4,137     $ 5,350     $ 6,381     $ 5,211     $ 5,607  
                                                                 
Net income per share:
                                                               
Basic
  $ 0.35     $ 0.32     $ 0.41     $ 0.30     $ 0.39     $ 0.47     $ 0.39     $ 0.41  
                                                                 
Diluted
  $ 0.32     $ 0.26     $ 0.34     $ 0.24     $ 0.31     $ 0.38     $ 0.32     $ 0.33  
                                                                 
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                                                               
Basic(1)
    17,566       13,506       13,463       13,420       13,393       13,312       13,230       13,530  
                                                                 
Diluted
    19,204       16,878       16,878       16,904       16,984       16,865       16,514       16,929  
                                                                 
 
 
(1) The number of shares included in the weighted average common shares outstanding basic calculation for the quarter ended December 31, 2007 incorporate shares issued in connection with our IPO and the conversion of our Series A preferred stock.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Our primary sources of liquidity have historically been derived from our cash flow from operations, long-term debt secured by our real property and our Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, as amended (the Revolver). As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the maximum available for borrowing under the Revolver was approximately $20.0 million, respectively. Approximately $8.4 million of borrowing capacity was pledged to secure outstanding letters of credit.
 
Since 2004, we have financed the majority of our facility acquisitions primarily with cash. Cash paid for acquisitions was $9.5 million, $29.0 million and $14.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005. Where we enter into a facility operating lease agreement, we typically do not pay any material amount to the prior facility operator, nor do we acquire any assets or assume any liabilities, other than our rights and obligations under the new operating lease and operations transfer agreement, as part of the transaction. Operating leases are included in the contractual obligations section below.
 
Additionally in 2007, we purchased the underlying assets of four facilities that we were previously operating under long-term lease arrangements. These facilities were purchased for an aggregate of $16.1 million, of which $4.0 million was paid in cash and $12.1 million ultimately was paid using proceeds from our IPO and is presented in the purchase of capital expenditures for the year ended 2007. Total capital expenditures for property and equipment were $35.7 million, $14.1 million and $5.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. We currently have $15.2 million budgeted for capital expenditures projects in 2008.


72


Table of Contents

We believe that the proceeds from our initial public offering, together with our cash flow from operations and our Revolver, will be sufficient to cover our operating needs for at least the next 12 months. We may in the future seek to raise additional capital to fund acquisitions and capital renovations, but such additional capital may not be available on acceptable terms, on a timely basis, or at all.
 
The following table presents selected data from our consolidated statement of cash flows for the periods presented:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (In thousands)  
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 18,649     $ 30,945     $ 20,446  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (45,764 )     (43,709 )     (20,872 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    53,356       26,620       (2,694 )
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    26,241       13,856       (3,120 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    25,491       11,635       14,755  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 51,732     $ 25,491     $ 11,635  
                         
 
Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006
 
Net cash provided by operations for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $18.6 million compared to $30.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, a decrease of $12.3 million. This decrease was due in part to a decline of $9.4 million which included increased accounts receivable balances due to acquisitions and increased cash disbursements related to prepaid expenses. The increase in accounts receivable was primarily attributable to our increased revenues in 2007, combined with a reduction in accounts receivable collection which was primarily attributable to our collection of approximately $4.7 million in retroactive California rate increases related to prior years, during 2006, which did not reoccur in 2007. The increase in prepaid expenses during 2007 was primarily driven by higher prepaid income taxes as compared to 2006. Other contributors to the remaining decline of $2.9 million included cash disbursements related to accrued wages and other liabilities.
 
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $45.8 million compared to $43.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $2.1 million. The increase was primarily the result of cash we paid for property and equipment during the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006, partially offset by the decrease in cash paid for facility acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2007 totaled $53.4 million compared to $26.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $26.8 million. The increase was primarily due to the receipt of proceeds from our IPO, net of underlying discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us (Net Proceeds), of approximately $56.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase was partially offset by the receipt of proceeds from the issuance of debt during the year ended December 31, 2006, which did not recur during the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2005
 
Net cash provided by operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $30.9 million compared to $20.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $10.5 million. The primary reason for the increase in cash flow in 2006 was our improved operating results, which contributed $22.5 million to cash flow or $31.4 million after adding back non-cash charges for depreciation, amortization, allowance for doubtful accounts and stock compensation expense. Other contributors to the increase in working capital included the continued build-up of general, professional and workers compensation insurance accruals in excess of paid claims due to incurred but not yet reported claims and the increase in facilities. Accrued wages and related liabilities were a continued source of working capital due to our 2006 acquisitions, increased


73


Table of Contents

accruals for incentive pay due to improved operating results and general wage and salary increases. Deferred taxes represented a use of working capital primarily as a result of the increase in our self-insured liability. Other working capital fluctuations for 2006 primarily resulted from the increase in our facility acquisitions.
 
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $43.7 million compared to $20.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an increase of $22.8 million. The increase was primarily the result of cash we paid for our 11 facility acquisitions in 2006 compared to three facilities acquired in 2005 and the increase in purchased property and equipment in 2006 and 2005.
 
Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $26.6 million compared to cash used for the year ended December 31, 2005 of $2.7 million, an increase of $29.3 million. The increase in cash provided by financing activities in 2006 compared to 2005 primarily consisted of the proceeds of $34.8 million in long-term notes, net, after refinancing $16.8 million in outstanding real estate loans and financing a $4.3 million facility acquisition. In addition, we repurchased $2.8 million in treasury stock in 2006, an increase of $0.5 million compared to the prior year period, and our dividend payments were $2.0 million in 2006, an increase of $0.7 million compared to 2005.
 
Principal Debt Obligations and Capital Expenditures
 
Revolving Credit Facility with General Electric Capital Corporation
 
On March 25, 2004, we entered into the Revolver, as amended on December 3, 2004, with General Electric Capital Corporation (the Lender), which consisted of a $20.0 million revolving credit facility. The Revolver bears interest at the prime rate of interest as designated by Citibank, N.A., or any successor thereto, as the same may fluctuate from time to time, plus a margin of 1.0%. In connection with the Revolver, we paid a commitment fee of $0.2 million, and, so long as the loan is available to us, we will pay a loan management fee to this lender equal to 0.08% of the average amount of the outstanding principal balance of the Revolver during the preceding month. The proceeds of the loans under the Revolver have been and continue to be used for working capital and other expenses arising in our ordinary course of business. As of December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, the maximum available for borrowing under the Revolver was approximately $20.0 million, respectively, but approximately $8.4 million of borrowing capacity was pledged to secure outstanding letters of credit. The Revolver was set to mature in March 2007 but was extended until February 22, 2008.
 
On February 21, 2008, we amended our Revolver by extending the term to 2012, increasing the available credit thereunder up to the lesser of $50.0 million or 85% of the eligible accounts receivable, and changing the interest rate for all or any portion of the outstanding indebtedness thereunder to any of three options, as we may elect from time to time, (i) the 1, 2, 3 or 6 month LIBOR (at our option) plus 2.5%, or (ii) the greater of (a) prime plus 1.0% or (b) the federal funds rate plus 1.5% or (iii) a floating LIBOR rate. The signed agreement is contingent on final execution and delivery of appropriate amendatory documentation. The Revolver contains typical representations and financial and non-financial covenants for a loan of this type, a violation of which could result in a default under the Revolver and could possibly cause all amounts owed by us, including amounts due under the Term Loan, to be declared immediately due and payable.
 
The proceeds of the loans under the Revolver have been and continue to be used for working capital and other expenses arising in our ordinary course of business.
 
The Revolver contains affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on:
 
  •  certain indebtedness;
 
  •  certain investments, loans, advances and acquisitions;
 
  •  certain sales or other dispositions of our assets;
 
  •  certain liens and negative pledges;
 
  •  financial covenants;


74


Table of Contents

 
  •  changes of control (as defined in the loan agreement);
 
  •  certain mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions;
 
  •  certain sale and leaseback transactions without the Lender’s consent;
 
  •  dividends and distributions during the existence of an event of default;
 
  •  guarantees and other contingent liabilities;
 
  •  affiliate transactions that are not in the ordinary course of business; and
 
  •  certain changes in capital structure.
 
A violation of these or other representations or covenants of ours could result in a default under the Revolver and could possibly cause the entire amount outstanding under the Revolver and a cross-default of all amounts owed by the Company, including amounts due under the Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement (Term Loan), to be declared immediately due and payable.
 
In connection with the Revolver, the majority of our subsidiaries granted a first priority security interest to the Lender in, among other things: (1) all accounts, accounts receivable and rights to payment of every kind, contract rights, chattel paper, documents and instruments with respect thereto, and all of our rights, remedies, securities and liens in, to, and in respect of our accounts, (2) all moneys, securities, and other property and the proceeds thereof under the control of the Lender and its affiliates, (3) all right, title and interest in, to and in respect of all goods relating to or resulting in accounts, (4) all deposit accounts into which our accounts are deposited, (5) general intangibles and other property of every kind relating to our accounts, (6) all other general intangibles, including, without limitation, proceeds from insurance policies, intellectual property rights, and goodwill, (7) inventory, machinery, equipment, tools, fixtures, goods, supplies, and all related attachments, accessions and replacements, and (8) proceeds, including insurance proceeds, of all of the foregoing. In the event of our default, the Lender has the right to take possession of the foregoing with or without judicial process.
 
Term Loan with General Electric Capital Corporation
 
On December 29, 2006, a number of our independent real estate holding subsidiaries jointly entered into a Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement (the Term Loan) with the Lender, which consists of an approximately $64.7 million multiple-advance term loan, approximately $55.7 million of which had been drawn down at that time. The Term Loan matures on June 29, 2016, and is currently secured by the real and personal property comprising the ten facilities owned by these subsidiaries.
 
The Term Loan has been funded in advances, with each advance bearing interest at a separate rate. The interest rates range from 6.95% to 7.50% per annum. Subject to certain conditions, we may also receive additional advances that would bear interest at the rate of 2.25% plus the applicable U.S. Treasury rate at the time of advance. The proceeds of the advances made under the Term Loan have been used to refinance an existing loan from the Lender secured by certain of the properties, and to purchase other additional properties that we were previously leasing.
 
In connection with the Term Loan, we have guaranteed the payment and performance of all the obligations of our real estate holding subsidiaries under the loan documents for the Term Loan. In the event of our default under the Term Loan, all amounts owed by our subsidiaries, and guaranteed by us, under this loan agreement and any other loan with the Lender, including the Revolver discussed above, would become immediately due and payable. In addition, in the event of our default under the Term Loan, the Lender has the right to take control of our facilities encumbered by the loan to the extent necessary to make such payments and perform such acts required under the loan.
 
Under the Term Loan, we are subject to standard reporting requirements and other typical covenants for a loan of this type. Effective October 1, 2006 and continuing each calendar quarter thereafter, we are subject to restrictive financial covenants, including average occupancy, Debt Service (as defined in the agreement) and Project Yield (as defined in the agreement). As of December 31, 2007, we were in compliance with all loan


75


Table of Contents

covenants. As of December 31, 2007, our borrowing subsidiaries had $54.9 million outstanding on the Term Loan, with the right to draw an additional $9.0 million upon meeting certain covenants under the loan documents.
 
Mortgage Loan with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
 
Cherry Health Holdings, Inc., one of our real estate holding subsidiaries, is the borrower under a mortgage loan that it assumed in October 2006. The Loan Assumption Agreement was entered into with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as Trustee for GMAC Commercial Mortgage Securities, Inc., the original lender. At the time of the Loan Assumption Agreement, the principal balance outstanding under the corresponding promissory note was approximately $2.1 million. The unpaid balance of principal and accrued interest from the mortgage loan is due on September 1, 2008, and is not prepayable until March 2008. The mortgage loan bears interest at the rate of 7.49% per annum.
 
The mortgage loan is secured by Cherry Health Holdings Inc.’s interest in the Pacific Care Center facility and the rents, issues and profits thereof, as well as all personal property used in the operation of the facility. In connection with the mortgage loan, we have guaranteed the full and prompt payment and performance of all the obligations of Cherry Health Holdings, Inc. under the loan and assumption documents. As of December 31, 2007, the balance outstanding on this mortgage loan was approximately $2.0 million.
 
Mortgage Loan with Continental Wingate Associates, Inc.
 
Ensign Southland LLC, a subsidiary of The Ensign Group, Inc., entered into a mortgage loan on January 30, 2001 with Continental Wingate Associates, Inc. The mortgage loan is insured with the U.S. Department of Housing and Development, or HUD, which subjects our Southland facility to HUD oversight and periodic inspections. As of December 31, 2007, the balance outstanding on this mortgage loan was approximately $6.6 million. The unpaid balance of principal and accrued interest from this mortgage loan is due on February 1, 2027. The mortgage loan bears interest at the rate of 7.5% per annum.
 
This mortgage loan is secured by the real property comprising the Southland Care Center facility and the rents, issues and profits thereof, as well as all personal property used in the operation of the facility.
 
Contractual Obligations, Commitments and Contingencies
 
Our principal contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2007 were as follows:
 
                                                                 
    2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     Thereafter     Other(1)     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Operating lease obligations
  $ 16,810     $ 16,508     $ 15,019     $ 14,793     $ 14,585     $ 74,294           $ 152.009  
Long-term debt obligations
    2,993       1,075       1,158       1,246       1,330       55,768             63,570  
Interest payments on long-term debt
    4,628       4,426       4,344       4,256       4,172       16,149             37,975  
FIN 48 obligations, including interest and penalties
    63                                     368       431  
                                                                 
Total
  $ 24,494     $ 22,009     $ 20,521     $ 20,295     $ 20,087     $ 146,211     $ 368     $ 253,985  
                                                                 
 
 
(1) In addition to the FIN 48 obligations in the 2008 column above, approximately $0.4 million of unrecognized tax benefits and potential interest have been recorded as liabilities in accordance with FIN 48. None of the Company’s liabilities for uncertain tax positions are currently subject to examination. As a result, the Company cannot reasonably determine the expected timing for the cash resolution of the majority of these liabilities and has excluded them from any of the time certain categories in this table of contractual obligations.
 
Not included in the table above are our actuarially determined self-insured general and professional malpractice liability, worker’s compensation and medical (including prescription drugs) and dental healthcare obligations which are broken out between current and long-term liabilities in our financial statements included in this annual report.


76


Table of Contents

We lease certain facilities and our Service Center offices under operating leases, most of which have initial lease terms ranging from five to 20 years and all of which include options to extend the lease term. Most of these leases contain renewal options, some of which involve rent increases. We also lease a majority of our equipment under operating leases with initial terms ranging from three to five years. Total rent expense, inclusive of straight-line rent adjustments, was $17.0 million, $16.7 million and $16.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
On December 11, 2007, we completed an asset purchase agreement to purchase two skilled nursing facilities in California and one assisted living facility in Arizona, which also provides independent living services, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $12.8 million. Prior to the purchase, we operated these three facilities under a single master lease agreement. The master lease agreement included purchase options for the two skilled nursing facilities that were not exercisable at the time of purchase. Purchasing these leased facilities resulted in no net change in our total number of beds. Taking into consideration the above facility purchase, we own 26 of our facilities and operate 35 of our facilities under long-term lease arrangements, with options to purchase or purchase agreements for ten of those 35 facilities.
 
In March 2007, we and certain of our officers received a series of notices from our bank indicating that the United States Attorney for the Central District of California had issued an authorized investigative demand, a request for records similar to a subpoena, to our bank and then rescinded that demand. This rescinded demand originally requested documents from our bank related to financial transactions involving us, ten of our operating subsidiaries, an outside investor group, and certain of our current and former officers. Subsequently, in June 2007, the U.S. Attorney sent a letter to one of our current employees requesting a meeting. The letter indicated that the U.S. Attorney and the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General were conducting an investigation of claims submitted to the Medicare program for rehabilitation services provided at our facilities. Although both we and the employee offered to cooperate, the U.S. Attorney later withdrew its meeting request. From these contacts, we believed that an investigation was underway, but to date we have been unable to determine the exact cause or nature of the U.S. Attorney’s interest in us or our subsidiaries, and until recently we have been unable to even verify whether the investigation was continuing.
 
On December 17, 2007, we were informed by Deloitte & Touche LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm that the U.S. Attorney served a grand jury subpoena on Deloitte & Touche LLP, relating to us and several of our operating subsidiaries. The subpoena confirmed our previously reported belief that the U.S. Attorney is conducting an investigation involving certain of our operating subsidiaries. Based on these most recent events, we believe that the United States Government may be conducting parallel criminal, civil and administrative investigations involving The Ensign Group and one or more of our skilled nursing facilities. To our knowledge, however, neither The Ensign Group, Inc. nor any of our operating subsidiaries or employees has been formally charged with any wrongdoing, served with any related subpoenas or requests, or been directly notified of any concerns or related investigations by the U.S. Attorney or any government agency. Subsequently, in February 2008, the U.S. Attorney contacted two additional current employees. Both we and the all three of the employees contacted have offered to cooperate and meet with the U.S. Attorney. While we have no reason to believe that the assertion of criminal charges, civil claims, administrative sanctions or whistleblower actions would be warranted, to date the U.S. Attorney’s office has declined to provide us with any specific information with respect to this matter, other than to confirm that an investigation is ongoing. We continued to request a meeting with the U.S. Attorney to discuss the grand jury subpoena, our internal investigation described below, and any specific allegations or concerns they may have. We cannot predict or provide any assurance as to the possible outcome of the investigation or any possible related proceedings, or as to the possible outcome of any qui tam litigation that may follow, nor can we estimate the possible loss or range of loss that may result from any such proceedings and, therefore, we have not recorded any related accruals. To the extent the U.S. Attorney’s office elects to pursue this matter, or if the investigation has been instigated by a qui tam relator who elects to pursue the matter, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
 
In November 2006, we became aware of an allegation of possible reimbursement irregularities at one or more of our facilities. That same month, we retained outside counsel and initiated an internal investigation into these matters. We and our outside counsel concluded this investigation without identifying any systemic


77


Table of Contents

or patterns and practices of fraudulent or intentional misconduct. We made observations at certain facilities regarding areas of potential improvement in some of our recordkeeping and billing practices and have implemented measures, some of which were already underway before the investigation began, that we believe will strengthen recordkeeping and billing processes. None of these additional findings or observations appears to be rooted in fraudulent or intentional misconduct. We continue to evaluate the measures implemented for effectiveness, and are continuing to seek ways to improve these processes.
 
As a byproduct of our investigation, we identified a limited number of selected Medicare claims for which adequate backup documentation could not be located or for which other billing deficiencies exist. We, with the assistance of independent consultants experienced in Medicare billing, completed a billing review on these claims. To the extent missing documentation was not located, we treated the claims as overpayments. Consistent with healthcare industry accounting practices, we record any charge for refunded payments against revenue in the period in which the claim adjustment becomes known. During the year ended December 31, 2007, we accrued a liability of approximately $0.2 million, plus interest, for selected Medicare claims for which documentation had not been located or for other billing deficiencies identified to date. The remittance of these claims started with the filing of our Quarterly Credit Balance Reports, which were submitted to our Medicare Fiscal Intermediary on or before January 31, 2008 and will be completed with the next Quarterly Credit Balance Reports which will be submitted on or before April 30, 2008. If additional reviews result in identification and quantification of additional amounts to be refunded, we would accrue additional liabilities for claim costs and interest and repay any amounts due in normal course. If future investigations ultimately result in findings of significant billing and reimbursement noncompliance which could require us to record significant additional provisions or remit payments, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
 
See additional description of our contingencies in Notes 11 and 16 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Inflation
 
We have historically derived a substantial portion of our revenue from the Medicare program. We also derive revenue from state Medicaid and similar reimbursement programs. Payments under these programs generally provide for reimbursement levels that are adjusted for inflation annually based upon the state’s fiscal year for the Medicaid programs and in each October for the Medicare program. These adjustments may not continue in the future, and even if received, such adjustments may not reflect the actual increase in our costs for providing healthcare services.
 
Labor and supply expenses make up a substantial portion of our cost of services. Those expenses can be subject to increase in periods of rising inflation and when labor shortages occur in the marketplace. To date, we have generally been able to implement cost control measures or obtain increases in reimbursement sufficient to offset increases in these expenses. We may not be successful in offsetting future cost increases.
 
Off-Balance Sheet and Other Arrangements
 
We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.
 
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
Interest Rate Risk.   We are exposed to interest rate changes as a result of the Revolver, which is used to maintain liquidity and fund capital expenditures and operations. Our interest rate risk management objective is to limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flows and to provide more predictability to our overall borrowing costs. To achieve this objective, we borrow primarily at fixed rates, although we use the Revolver for short-term borrowing purposes. At December 31, 2007, we had no outstanding floating rate debt. In addition, we are entitled, upon meeting certain covenants under the Term Loan, to take up to approximately $9.0 million in future advances under our Term Loan and each advance will bear interest based upon market rates in effect at the time of the advance.


78


Table of Contents

Our cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments as of December 31, 2007 consisted primarily of cash balances and money market funds. Our market risk exposure is interest income sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates, particularly because our investments are in short-term marketable securities. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while at the same time maximizing the income we receive from our investments without significantly increasing risk. Due to the short-term duration of our investment portfolio and the low risk profile of our investments, an immediate 10% change in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio. Accordingly, we would not expect our operating results or cash flows to be affected to any significant degree by the effect of a sudden change in market interest rates on our securities portfolio. In general, money market funds are not subject to market risk because the interest paid on such funds fluctuates with the prevailing interest rate.
 
The above only incorporates those exposures that exist as of December 31, 2007, and does not consider those exposures or positions which could arise after that date. As we anticipate diversifying our investment portfolio into securities and other investment alternatives, we may face increased risk and exposures as a result of interest risk and the securities markets in general.
 
Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
The information require by this Item 8 is included in appendix pages 82 through 114 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants and Financial Disclosures
 
Not applicable
 
Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures
 
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
 
Internal Control Over Financial Information
 
This annual report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.
 
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
No change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) occurred during the fourth quarter of 2007 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
Item 9B.    Other Information
 
Not applicable


79


Table of Contents

 
PART III.
 
Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
 
The information required under Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement for our 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Exchange Act Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of our 2007 fiscal year (the “2008 Proxy Statement”).
 
Item 11.    Executive Compensation
 
The information required under Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference to the 2008 Proxy Statement.
 
Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
 
The information required under Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference to the 2008 Proxy Statement.
 
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence
 
The information required under Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference to the 2008 Proxy Statement.
 
Item 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services
 
The information required under Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference to the 2008 Proxy Statement.
 
PART IV.
 
Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statements and Schedules
 
The following documents are filed as a part of this report:
 
(a) (1)  Financial Statements:
 
The Financial Statements are included in Item 8 and are filed as part of this report.
 
    (2)  Financial Statement Schedule:
 
(a) (3)  Exhibits: An “Exhibit Index” has been filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K beginning on page 115 hereof and is incorporated herein by reference


80


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
The Ensign Group, Inc.
 
  By: 
/s/   Christopher R. Christensen
Christopher R. Christensen
Chief Executive Officer and President
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/   Christopher R. Christensen

Christopher R. Christensen
  Chief Executive Officer, President and Director (principal executive officer)   March 6, 2008
         
/s/   Alan J. Norman

Alan J. Norman
  Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)   March 6, 2008
         
/s/   Roy E. Christensen

Roy E. Christensen
  Chairman of the Board   March 6, 2008
         
/s/   Antoinette T. Hubenette

Antoinette T. Hubenette
  Director   March 6, 2008
         
/s/   Thomas A. Maloof

Thomas A. Maloof
  Director   March 6, 2008
         
/s/   Charles M. Blalack

Charles M. Blalack
  Director   March 6, 2008


81


Table of Contents

THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
         
    83  
Consolidated Financial Statements:
       
    84  
    85  
    86  
    87  
    88  


82


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
The Ensign Group, Inc.
Mission Viejo, California
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Ensign Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15. These consolidated financial statements and the financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and the financial statement schedule based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The Ensign Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
 
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, in 2006.
 
/s/   DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
Costa Mesa, California
March 3, 2008


83


Table of Contents

THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except per share data)
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 51,732     $ 25,491  
Accounts receivable — less allowance for doubtful accounts of $7,454 and $7,543 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively
    50,615       45,285  
Prepaid income taxes
    5,835        
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    5,319       4,185  
Deferred tax asset — current
    6,862       8,844  
                 
Total current assets
    120,363       83,805  
Property and equipment, net
    124,861       87,133  
Insurance subsidiary deposits
    8,810       8,530  
Deferred tax asset
    4,865       3,714  
Restricted and other assets
    3,273       2,618  
Intangible assets, net
    2,335       2,659  
Goodwill
    2,882       2,072  
                 
Total assets
  $ 267,389     $ 190,531  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 14,699     $ 12,329  
Accrued wages and related liabilities
    21,141       24,026  
Accrued self-insurance liabilities — current
    7,424       6,122  
Other accrued liabilities
    11,137       12,106  
Current maturities of long-term debt
    2,993       941  
                 
Total current liabilities
    57,394       55,524  
Long-term debt — less current maturities
    60,577       63,587  
Accrued self-insurance liability
    17,236       15,384  
Deferred rent and other long-term liabilities
    2,505       2,164  
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 11 and 16)
               
Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock; $0.001 par value; 1,000 shares authorized; 0 and 685 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively; liquidation preference of $2,401 at December 31, 2006
          2,725  
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Common stock; $0.001 par value; 75,000 shares authorized; 20,480 and 13,694 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively
    21       14  
Additional paid-in capital
    62,142       1,250  
Retained earnings
    72,119       54,724  
Common stock in treasury, at cost, 716 and 755 shares at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively
    (4,605 )     (4,841 )
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    129,677       51,147  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 267,389     $ 190,531  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


84


Table of Contents

THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(In thousands, except per share data)
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Revenue
  $ 411,318     $ 358,574     $ 300,850  
Expense:
                       
Cost of services (exclusive of facility rent and depreciation and amortization shown separately below)
    335,014       284,847       239,379  
Facility rent — cost of services
    16,675       16,404       16,118  
General and administrative expense
    15,945       14,210       10,909  
Depreciation and amortization
    6,966       4,221       2,458  
                         
Total expenses
    374,600       319,682       268,864  
Income from operations
    36,718       38,892       31,986  
Other income (expense):
                       
Interest expense
    (4,844 )     (2,990 )     (2,035 )
Interest income
    1,558       772       491  
                         
Other expense, net
    (3,286 )     (2,218 )     (1,544 )
Income before provision for income taxes
    33,432       36,674       30,442  
Provision for income taxes
    12,905       14,125       12,054  
                         
Net income
  $ 20,527     $ 22,549     $ 18,388  
                         
Net income per share:
                       
Basic
  $ 1.39     $ 1.66     $ 1.35  
                         
Diluted
  $ 1.17     $ 1.34     $ 1.05  
                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                       
Basic
    14,497       13,366       13,468  
                         
Diluted
    17,470       16,823       17,505  
                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


85


Table of Contents

THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands)
 
                                                         
                Additional
                         
    Common Stock     Paid-In
    Retained
    Treasury Stock        
    Shares     Amount     Capital     Earnings     Shares     Amount     Total  
 
Balance — December 31, 2004
    14,064     $ 14     $ 393     $ 17,421             $     $ 17,828  
Issuance of common stock to employees and directors resulting from the exercise of stock options
    253               221                               221  
Repurchase of common stock
    (3 )             (1 )                             (1 )
Dividends declared
                            (1,502 )                     (1,502 )
Purchase of treasury stock
    (400 )                             400       (2,300 )     (2,300 )
Net income
                            18,388                       18,388  
                                                         
Balance — December 31, 2005
    13,914       14       613       34,307       400       (2,300 )     32,634  
Issuance of common stock to employees and directors resulting from the exercise of stock options
    184               195               (45 )     259       454  
Repurchase of common stock
    (4 )             (1 )                             (1 )
Dividends declared
                            (2,132 )                     (2,132 )
Employee stock award compensation
                    443                               443  
Purchase of treasury stock
    (400 )                             400       (2,800 )     (2,800 )
Net income
                            22,549                       22,549  
                                                         
Balance — December 31, 2006
    13,694       14       1,250       54,724       755       (4,841 )     51,147  
Issuance of common stock to employees and directors resulting from the exercise of stock options
    48               117               (39 )     236       353  
Conversion of preferred shares
    2,741       3       2,722                               2,725  
Issuance of common stock in connection with initial public offering
    4,000       4       56,586                               56,590  
Repurchase of common stock
    (3 )             (1 )                             (1 )
Dividends declared
                            (2,792 )                     (2,792 )
Employee stock award compensation
                    1,468                               1,468  
Net income
                            20,527                       20,527  
Cumulative effect to prior year accumulated deficit related to the adoption of FIN 48
                            (340 )                     (340 )
                                                         
Balance — December 31, 2007
    20,480     $ 21     $ 62,142     $ 72,119       716     $ (4,605 )   $ 129,677  
                                                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


86


Table of Contents

THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net income
  $ 20,527     $ 22,549     $ 18,388  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    6,978       4,221       2,458  
Deferred income taxes
    831       (4,426 )     (3,913 )
Provision for doubtful accounts
    3,135       4,191       3,092  
Stock-based compensation
    1,468       443        
Excess tax benefit from share based compensation
    (87 )                
Loss on disposition of property and equipment
    117       30       6  
Change in operating assets and liabilities
                       
Accounts receivable
    (8,465 )     (6,113 )     (19,189 )
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    (6,969 )     89       (970 )
Insurance subsidiary deposits
    (280 )     (3,983 )     (2,865 )
Accounts payable
    2,370       1,300       5,718  
Accrued wages and related liabilities
    (2,885 )     5,788       4,402  
Other accrued liabilities
    (1,108 )     782       6,314  
Accrued self-insurance liabilities
    3,154       6,235       6,820  
Deferred rent liability
    (137 )     (161 )     185  
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    18,649       30,945       20,446  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Purchase of property and equipment
    (35,657 )     (14,086 )     (5,685 )
Restricted and other assets
    (655 )     (656 )     (303 )
Cash payment for acquisitions
    (9,452 )     (28,967 )     (14,884 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (45,764 )     (43,709 )     (20,872 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Proceeds from issuance of debt
          34,782       1,500  
Payments on long term debt
    (958 )     (2,689 )     (859 )
Issuance of treasury stock upon exercise of options
    236       259        
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options
    117       195       221  
Repurchase of common stock
    (1 )     (1 )     (1 )
Dividends paid
    (2,631 )     (1,975 )     (1,254 )
Proceeds from sale of common stock in connection with initial public offering (IPO), net of issuance costs
    56,590              
Excess tax benefit from share based compensation
    87              
Payments of deferred financing costs
    (84 )     (1,151 )     (1 )
Purchase of treasury stock
          (2,800 )     (2,300 )
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    53,356       26,620       (2,694 )
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    26,241       13,856       (3,120 )
Cash and cash equivalents beginning of year
    25,491       11,635       14,755  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents end of year
  $ 51,732     $ 25,491     $ 11,635  
                         
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
                       
Cash paid during the period for:
                       
Interest
  $ 4,456     $ 2,978     $ 2,037  
                         
Income taxes
  $ 19,642     $ 18,105     $ 14,000  
                         
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
                       
Transfer of capital reserves from other assets to property and equipment
  $     $ 43     $ 35  
                         
Conditional asset retirement obligations under FIN 47
  $ 104     $ 50     $  
                         
Debt assumed in connection with acquisitions
  $     $ 2,104     $  
                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


87


Table of Contents

THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share data)
 
1.   Description of Business
 
The Company — The Ensign Group, Inc., through its subsidiaries (collectively, Ensign or the Company), provides skilled nursing and rehabilitative care services through the operation of 61 facilities as of December 31, 2007, located in California, Arizona, Texas, Washington, Utah and Idaho. All of these facilities are skilled nursing facilities, other than three stand-alone assisted living facilities in Arizona and Texas and four campuses that offer both skilled nursing and assisted living services located in California, Arizona and Utah. The Company’s facilities, each of which strives to be the facility of choice in the community it serves, provide a broad spectrum of skilled nursing and assisted living services, physical, occupational and speech therapies, and other rehabilitative and healthcare services, for both long-term residents and short-stay rehabilitation patients. The Company’s facilities have a collective capacity of over 7,400 skilled nursing, assisted living and independent living beds. As of December 31, 2007, the Company owned 26 of its 61 facilities and operated an additional 35 facilities through long-term lease arrangements, and had options to purchase or purchase agreements for 10 of those 35 facilities.
 
The Ensign Group, Inc. is a holding company with no direct operating assets, employees or revenue. All of the Company’s facilities are operated by separate, wholly-owned, independent subsidiaries, each of which has its own management, employees and assets. One of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries provides centralized accounting, payroll, human resources, information technology, legal, risk management and other centralized services to the other operating subsidiaries through contractual relationships between such subsidiaries.
 
The Company also has a wholly-owned captive insurance subsidiary that provides some claims-made coverage to the Company’s operating subsidiaries for general and professional liability, as well as for certain workers’ compensation insurance liabilities.
 
Initial Public Offering — In October 2007, the Company’s board of directors approved the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation that became effective immediately following the completion of the Company’s initial public offering (the IPO). The amended and restated certificate of incorporation:
 
  •  authorizes 1,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value; and
 
  •  authorizes 75,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value
 
In November 2007, in connection with the Company’s IPO, the Company sold 4,000 shares of common stock and certain selling stockholders sold 600 shares of common stock, each at the IPO price of $16.00 per share, for proceeds to the Company, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by the Company (Net Proceeds), of approximately $56.5 million. Concurrently with the closing of the IPO, all previously outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock converted into 2,741 shares of the Company’s common stock.
 
2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Basis of Presentation — The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The Company is the sole member or shareholder of various consolidated limited liability companies and corporations; each established to operate various acquired skilled nursing and assisted living facilities. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
Estimates and Assumptions — The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting


88


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
periods. The most significant estimates in the Company’s consolidated financial statements relate to revenue, allowance for doubtful accounts, intangible assets and goodwill, impairment of long-lived assets, patient liability, general and professional liability, worker’s compensation, and healthcare claims included in accrued self-insurance liabilities, stock-based compensation, contingent liabilities and income taxes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Business Segments — The Company has a single reportable segment — long-term care services, which includes the operation of skilled nursing and assisted living facilities, and related ancillary services at the facilities. The Company’s single reporting segment is made up of several individual operating segments grouped together principally based on their geographical locations within the United States. Based on the similar economic and other characteristics of each of the operating segments, management believes the Company meets the criteria for aggregating its operations into a single reporting segment.
 
Comprehensive Income — For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 there were no differences between comprehensive income and net income. Therefore, statements of comprehensive income have not been presented.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments — The Company’s financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, insurance subsidiary deposits, accounts payable and borrowings. The Company believes all of the financial instruments’ recorded values approximate current values because of their nature and respective durations.
 
Revenue Recognition — The Company follows the provisions of Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements (SAB 104), for revenue recognition. Under SAB 104, four conditions must be met before revenue can be recognized: (i) there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; (ii) delivery has occurred or service has been rendered; (iii) the price is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collection is reasonably assured.
 
The Company’s revenue is derived primarily from providing long-term healthcare services to residents and is recognized on the date services are provided at amounts billable to individual residents. For residents under reimbursement arrangements with third-party payors, including Medicaid, Medicare and private insurers, revenue is recorded based on contractually agreed-upon amounts on a per patient, daily basis.
 
Revenue from the Medicare and Medicaid programs accounted for approximately 74%, 75% and 76% of the Company’s revenue in the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005. The Company records revenue from these governmental and managed care programs as services are performed at their expected net realizable amounts under these programs. The Company’s revenue from governmental and managed care programs is subject to audit and retroactive adjustment by governmental and third-party agencies. Consistent with healthcare industry accounting practices, any changes to these governmental revenue estimates are recorded in the period the change or adjustment becomes known based on final settlements. The Company recorded net retroactive adjustments relating to earlier periods that increased revenue by $724, $157 and $157 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Also, see Note 16 for further discussion. The Company records revenue from private pay patients as services are performed.
 
Accounts Receivable — Accounts receivable consist primarily of amounts due from Medicare and Medicaid programs, other government programs, managed care health plans and private payor sources. Estimated provisions for doubtful accounts are recorded to the extent it is probable that a portion or all of a particular account will not be collected.
 
In evaluating the collectibility of accounts receivable, the Company considers a number of factors, including the age of the accounts, changes in collection patterns, the composition of patient accounts by payor type and the status of ongoing disputes with third-party payors. The percentages applied to the aged receivable balances for purposes of the allowance for doubtful accounts are based on the Company’s historical experience


89


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
and time limits, if any, for managed care, Medicare and Medicaid. The Company periodically refines its procedures for estimating the allowance for doubtful accounts based on experience with the estimation process and changes in circumstances.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents — Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less at time of purchase and therefore approximate fair value. The Company places its cash and short-term investments with high credit quality financial institutions. In addition, the Company’s insurance captive maintains cash and cash equivalents and insurance subsidiary deposits. See discussion below.
 
Insurance Subsidiary Deposits — In order to reflect the nature of the Company’s captive insurance subsidiary cash and cash equivalents, insurance subsidiary cash balances that are designated to support long-term insurance subsidiary liabilities have been presented in a long-term classification to reflect its purpose and the liabilities that the cash supports. Insurance subsidiary deposits classified as long-term were $8,810 and $8,530 as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. These deposits are currently held in a bank account with a high credit quality financial institution.
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets — The Company reviews the carrying value of long-lived assets that are held and used in the Company’s operations for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is determined based upon expected undiscounted future net cash flows from the operations to which the assets relate, utilizing management’s best estimate, appropriate assumptions, and projections at the time. If the carrying value is determined to be unrecoverable from future operating cash flows, the asset is deemed impaired and an impairment loss would be recognized to the extent the carrying value exceeded the estimated fair value of the asset. The Company estimates the fair value of assets based on the estimated future discounted cash flows of the asset. The Company’s management has evaluated its long-lived assets and has not identified any impairment as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
 
Intangible Assets and Goodwill — Intangible assets consist primarily of deferred financing costs, lease acquisition costs and trade names. Deferred financing costs are amortized over the term of the related debt, ranging from seven to 26 years. Lease acquisition costs are amortized over the life of the lease of the facility acquired, ranging from ten to 20 years. Trade names are amortized over 30 years.
 
Goodwill is accounted for under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 141, Business Combinations (SFAS 141) and represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in business combinations. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (SFAS 142), goodwill is subject to annual testing for impairment. In addition, goodwill is tested for impairment if events occur or circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The Company defines reporting units as the individual facilities. The Company performs its annual test for impairment during the fourth quarter of each year. The Company did not record any impairment charges during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 or 2005.
 
Deferred Rent — Deferred rent represents rental expense in excess of actual rent payments and is amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the related lease.
 
Self-Insurance — The Company is partially self-insured for general and professional liability up to a base amount per claim (the self-insured retention) with an aggregate, one time deductible above this limit. Losses beyond these amounts are insured through third-party policies with coverage limits per occurrence, per location and on an aggregate basis for the Company. For claims made in 2007, the self-insured retention was $350 per claim with a $900 deductible. The third-party coverage above these limits for all periods presented was $1,000 per occurrence, $3,000 per facility with a $6,000 blanket aggregate.


90


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The self-insured retention and deductible limits for general and professional liability and worker’s compensation are self-insured through a wholly-owned insurance captive (the Captive), the related assets and liabilities of which are included in the consolidated financial statements. The Captive is subject to certain statutory requirements as an insurance provider. These requirements include, but are not limited to, maintaining statutory capital. The Company’s policy is to accrue amounts equal to the estimated costs to settle open claims of insureds, as well as an estimate of the cost of insured claims that have been incurred but not reported. The Company develops information about the size of the ultimate claims based on historical experience, current industry information and actuarial analysis, and has evaluated the estimates for claim loss exposure on an annual basis through 2006, and on a quarterly basis beginning with the first quarter of 2007. Accrued general liability and professional malpractice liabilities recorded on an undiscounted basis in the consolidated balance sheets were $18,596 and $16,013 as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
The Company’s operating subsidiaries are self-insured for workers’ compensation liability in California. In Texas, the operating subsidiaries have elected non-subscriber status for workers’ compensation claims. The Company’s operating subsidiaries in other states have third party guaranteed cost coverage. In California and Texas, the Company accrues amounts equal to the estimated costs to settle open claims, as well as an estimate of the cost of claims that have been incurred but not reported. The Company uses actuarial valuations to estimate the liability based on historical experience and industry information. Accrued workers’ compensation liabilities are recorded on an undiscounted basis in the consolidated balance sheets and were $4,145 and $4,504 as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
During 2003 and 2004, the Company’s California and Arizona operating subsidiaries were insured for workers’ compensation liability by a third-party carrier under a policy where the retrospective premium was adjusted annually based on incurred developed losses and allocated expenses. Based on a comparison of the computed retrospective premium to the actual payments funded, amounts will be due to the insurer or insured. The funded accrual in excess of the estimated liabilities is included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets and was $431 and $930 as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Effective May 1, 2006, the Company began to provide self-insured medical (including prescription drugs) and dental healthcare benefits to the majority of its employees. Prior to this, the Company had multiple third-party HMO and PPO plans, of which certain HMO plans are still active. The Company is not aware of any run-off claim liabilities from the prior plans. The Company is fully liable for all financial and legal aspects of these benefit plans. To protect itself against loss exposure with this policy, the Company has purchased individual stop-loss insurance coverage that insures individual claims that exceed $100 for each covered person which resets every plan year or a maximum of $6,000 per each covered person’s lifetime on the PPO plan and unlimited on the HMO plan. The Company has also purchased aggregate stop-loss coverage that reimburses the plan up to $5,000 to the extent that paid claims exceed $7,225. The aforementioned coverage only applies to claims paid during the plan year. The Company’s accrued liability under these plans recorded on an undiscounted basis in the consolidated balance sheets was $1,919 and $989 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
The Company believes that adequate provision has been made in the consolidated financial statements for liabilities that may arise out of patient care, workers’ compensation, healthcare benefits and related services provided to date. The amount of the Company’s reserves was determined based on an estimation process that uses information obtained from both company-specific and industry data. This estimation process requires the Company to continuously monitor and evaluate the life cycle of the claims. Using data obtained from this monitoring and the Company’s assumptions about emerging trends, the Company, with the assistance of an independent actuary, develops information about the size of ultimate claims based on the Company’s historical experience and other available industry information. The most significant assumptions used in the estimation process include determining the trend in costs, the expected cost of claims incurred but not reported and the


91


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
expected costs to settle or pay damage awards with respect to unpaid claims. It is possible, however, that the actual liabilities may exceed the Company’s estimate of loss.
 
The self-insured liabilities are based upon estimates, and while management believes that the estimates of loss are reasonable, the ultimate liability may be in excess of or less than the recorded amounts. Due to the inherent volatility of actuarially determined loss estimates, it is reasonably possible that the Company could experience changes in estimated losses that could be material to net income. If the Company’s actual liability exceeds its estimate of loss, its future earnings and financial condition would be adversely affected.
 
Long-Term Debt — The carrying value of the Company’s long-term debt is considered to approximate the fair value of such debt for all periods presented based upon the interest rates that the Company believes it can currently obtain for similar debt.
 
Income Taxes — Income taxes are accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (SFAS 109). Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are established for temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities at tax rates expected to be in effect when such temporary differences are expected to reverse. The temporary differences are primarily attributable to compensation accruals, straight line rent adjustments and reserves for doubtful accounts and insurance liabilities. When necessary, the Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its net deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. In considering the need for a valuation allowance against some portion or all of its deferred tax assets, the Company must make certain estimates and assumptions regarding future taxable income, the feasibility of tax planning strategies and other factors.
 
Estimates and judgments regarding deferred tax assets and the associated valuation allowance, if any, are based on, among other things, knowledge of operations, markets, historical trends and likely future changes and, when appropriate, the opinions of advisors with knowledge and expertise in certain fields. However, due to the nature of certain assets and liabilities, there are risks and uncertainties associated with some of the Company’s estimates and judgments. Actual results could differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. The net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 were $11,727 and $12,558, respectively. The Company expects to fully utilize these deferred tax assets; however, their ultimate realization is dependent upon the amount of future taxable income during the periods in which the temporary differences become deductible.
 
As of January 1, 2007, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (FIN 48). FIN 48 requires the Company to maintain a liability for underpayment of income taxes and related interest and penalties, if any, for uncertain income tax positions. In considering the need for and magnitude of a liability for uncertain income tax positions, the Company must make certain estimates and assumptions regarding the amount of income tax benefit that will ultimately be realized. The ultimate resolution of an uncertain tax position may not be known for a number of years, during which time the Company may be required to adjust these reserves, in light of changing facts and circumstances.
 
The Company used an estimate of its annual income tax rate to recognize a provision for income taxes in financial statements for interim periods. However, changes in facts and circumstances could result in adjustments to the Company’s effective tax rate in future quarterly or annual periods.
 
Stock-Based Compensation — As of January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123(R)), which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors including employee stock options based on estimated fair values, ratably over the requisite service period of the award. Net income is reduced by the recognition of the fair value of all stock options issued on and subsequent to January 1, 2006, the amount of which is contingent upon the number of future options granted and other variables. Prior to the adoption of


92


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
SFAS 123(R), the Company accounted for stock-based awards to employees and directors using the intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB 25) as allowed under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (SFAS 123).
 
The Company adopted SFAS 123(R) using the prospective transition method. The Company’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the periods ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 reflect the impact of SFAS 123(R). In accordance with the prospective transition method, the Company’s consolidated financial statements for periods prior to January 1, 2006 have not been restated to reflect, and do not include, the impact of SFAS 123(R).
 
Historically, no compensation expense was recognized by the Company in its financial statements in connection with the awarding of stock option grants to employees provided that, as of the grant date, all terms associated with the award were fixed and the fair value of its stock, as of the grant date, was equal to or less than the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock. The Company would have recognized compensation expense in situations where the fair value of its common stock on the grant date was greater than the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 does not include compensation expense for share-based payment awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of January 1, 2006, in accordance with the pro forma provisions of SFAS 123, but does include compensation expense for the share-based payment awards granted subsequent to January 1, 2006 based on the fair value on the grant date estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R). Existing options at January 1, 2006 will continue to be accounted for in accordance with APB 25 unless such options are modified, repurchased or canceled after the effective date.
 
Acquisition Policy — The Company periodically enters into agreements to acquire assets and/or businesses. The considerations involved in each of these agreements may include cash, financing and/or long-term lease arrangements for real properties. The Company evaluates each transaction to determine whether the acquired interests are assets or businesses using the framework provided by Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 98-3, Determining Whether a Nonmonetary Transaction Involves Receipt of Productive Assets or of a Business (EITF 98-3). EITF 98-3 defines a business as a self-sustaining integrated set of activities and assets conducted and managed for the purpose of providing a return to investors. A business consists of (a) input, (b) processes applied to those inputs, and (c) resulting outputs that are used to generate revenues. In order for an acquired set of activities and assets to be a business, it must contain all of the inputs and processes necessary for it to continue to conduct normal operations after the acquired entity is separated from the seller, including the ability to sustain a revenue stream by providing its outputs to customers. An acquired set of activities and assets fail the definition of a business if it excludes one or more of the above items such that it is not possible to continue normal operations and sustain a revenue stream by providing its products and/or services to customers.
 
Operating Leases — The Company accounts for operating leases in accordance with SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases, and FASB Technical Bulletin 85-3, Accounting for Operating Leases with Scheduled Rent Increases . Accordingly, rent expense under operating leases for the Company’s facilities and administrative office is recognized on a straight-line basis over the original term of each lease, inclusive of predetermined rent escalations or modifications.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements — In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations (SFAS 141(R)), which replaces SFAS 141. The provisions of SFAS 141(R) are similar to those of SFAS 141; however, SFAS 141(R) requires companies to record most identifiable assets, liabilities, noncontrolling interests, and goodwill acquired in a business combination at “full fair value.” SFAS 141(R) also requires companies to record fair value estimates of contingent consideration and certain other potential liabilities during the original purchase price allocation and to expense acquisition costs as incurred. This


93


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
statement applies to all business combinations, including combinations by contract alone. Further, under SFAS 141(R), all business combinations will be accounting for by applying the acquisition method. SFAS 141(R) is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that SFAS 141(R) will have on the consolidated financial statements.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements (SFAS 160), which will require noncontrolling interests (previously referred to as minority interests) to be treated as a separate component of equity, not as a liability or other item outside of permanent equity. This Statement applies to the accounting for noncontrolling interests and transactions with noncontrolling interest holders in consolidated financial statements. SFAS 160 will be applied prospectively to all noncontrolling interests, including any that arose before the effective date except that comparative period information must be recast to classify noncontrolling interests in equity, attribute net income and other comprehensive income to noncontrolling interests, and provide other disclosures required by Statement 160. SFAS 160 is effective for periods beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that SFAS 160 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS 157), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 applies to other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. Subsequently, in February 2008, the FASB issued two staff position on SFAS 157 (FSP FAS 157-1 and 157-2) which scopes out the lease classification measurements under FASB Statement No. 13 from SFAS 157 and delays the effective date on SFAS 157 for all nonrecurring fair value measurements of nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities until fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, that SFAS 157 will have on the consolidated financial statements.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option For Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (SFAS 159). SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, that SFAS 159 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In June 2007, the FASB ratified EITF consensus 06-11, Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards. This EITF prescribes that the tax benefit received on dividends associated with share-based awards that are charged to retained earnings should be recorded in additional paid-in capital and included in the pool of excess tax benefits available to absorb potential future tax deficiencies of share-based payment awards. The consensus is effective for the tax benefits of dividends declared in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that EITF 06-11 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
 
Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncement  — In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in financial statements in accordance with SFAS 109 by prescribing a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosures, and transition. The Company adopted FIN 48 at the beginning of fiscal year 2007. See Note 10 for a description of the impact of this adoption on the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations.


94


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
3.   Computation of Net Income Per Common Share
 
Basic net income per share is computed by dividing net income attributable to common shares by the weighted average number of outstanding common shares for the period. The computation of diluted net income per share is similar to the computation of basic net income per share except that the denominator is increased to include contingently returnable shares and the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the dilutive potential common shares had been issued. In addition, in computing the dilutive effect of convertible securities, the numerator is adjusted to add back (a) any convertible preferred dividends and (b) the after-tax amount of interest, if any, recognized in the period associated with any convertible debt.
 
A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the calculation of basic net income per common share follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Numerator:
                       
Net income
  $ 20,527     $ 22,549     $ 18,388  
                         
Preferred stock dividends
    (329 )     (356 )     (247 )
                         
Net income available to common stockholders for basic net income per share
  $ 20,198     $ 22,193     $ 18,141  
                         
Denominator:
                       
Weighted average shares outstanding for basic net income per share(1)
    14,497       13,366       13,468  
                         
Basic net income per common share
  $ 1.39     $ 1.66     $ 1.35  
                         
 
 
(1) Basic share amounts are shown net of unvested shares subject to the Company’s repurchase right, which total 22, 302 and 432 shares at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Upon the effectiveness of the Company’s IPO, approximately 146 unvested exercised shares, granted prior to 2006, under the 2001 Plan (defined below) immediately vested. See notes 13 and 15 below for further discussion.
 
A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the calculation of diluted net income per common share follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Numerator:
                       
Net income
  $ 20,527     $ 22,549     $ 18,388  
                         
Denominator:
                       
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    14,497       13,366       13,468  
Plus: incremental shares from assumed conversions(1)
    2,973       3,457       4,037  
                         
Adjusted weighted average common shares outstanding
    17,470       16,823       17,505  
                         
Diluted net income per common share
  $ 1.17     $ 1.34     $ 1.05  
                         
 
 
(1) Fully diluted share amounts include unvested shares subject to the Company’s repurchase right, which total 22, 302 and 432 shares at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Upon the effectiveness of the


95


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Company’s IPO, approximately 146 unvested exercised shares, granted prior to 2006, under the 2001 Plan (defined below) immediately vested. See notes 13 and 15 below for further discussion.
 
4.   Revenue and Accounts Receivable
 
Revenue for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, is summarized in the following tables:
 
                                                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
          % of
          % of
          % of
 
    Revenue     Revenue     Revenue     Revenue     Revenue     Revenue  
 
Medicaid
  $ 182,790       44.4 %   $ 151,264       42.2 %   $ 131,327       43.7 %
Medicare
    123,170       30.0       117,511       32.8       96,208       32.0  
                                                 
Total Medicaid and Medicare
    305,960       74.4       268,775       75.0       227,535       75.7  
Managed care
    52,779       12.8       44,487       12.4       33,484       11.1  
Private and other payors
    52,579       12.8       45,312       12.6       39,831       13.2  
                                                 
Revenue
  $ 411,318       100.0 %   $ 358,574       100.0 %   $ 300,850       100.0 %
                                                 
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Medicaid
  $ 20,842     $ 22,534  
Managed care
    14,821       12,972  
Medicare
    14,521       11,974  
Private and other payors
    7,885       5,348  
                 
      58,069       52,828  
Less allowance for doubtful accounts
    (7,454 )     (7,543 )
                 
Accounts receivable
  $ 50,615     $ 45,285  
                 
 
5.   Acquisitions
 
The Company’s acquisition policy is to purchase and lease facilities to complement the Company’s existing portfolio of long-term care facilities. The operations of all the Company’s facilities are included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements subsequent to the date of acquisition. Acquisitions are typically paid for in cash and are accounted for using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS 141. Where the Company enters into facility operating lease agreements, the Company typically does not pay any material amount to the prior facility operator nor does the Company acquire any assets or assume any liabilities, other than rights and obligations under the operating lease and operations transfer agreement, as part of the transaction. Some operating leases include options to purchase the facilities. As a result, from time to time, the Company will acquire facilities that the Company has been operating under third-party leases.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company acquired four facilities. The aggregate purchase price of three of the four acquisitions was $9,452, which was entirely paid in cash. The Company acquired the other facility pursuant to a long-term operating lease arrangement between the Company and the real property owner of the facility at prevailing fair market lease rates. In this transaction, the Company assumed ownership


96


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
of the skilled nursing operating business at this facility for no material monetary consideration. The facilities acquired during the year ended December 31, 2007 are as follows:
 
  •  In February 2007, the Company purchased a skilled nursing facility in Salt Lake City, Utah, adding an additional 120 licensed beds(1);
 
  •  In March 2007, the Company purchased a skilled nursing facility in Lewisville, Texas adding an additional 120 licensed beds(1);
 
  •  In March 2007, the Company purchased a skilled nursing facility in Mesquite, Texas adding an additional 162 licensed beds(1); and
 
  •  In July 2007, the Company entered into an operating lease and assumed the operations of a skilled nursing facility which is also licensed for assisted living services, in Draper, Utah adding an additional 106 beds.(1) No additional material consideration was paid and the Company did not purchase any assets or assume any liabilities, other than the Company’s rights and obligations under the operating lease and operations transfer agreement, as part of this transaction. The Company also simultaneously entered into a separate contract with the property owner to purchase the underlying property for $3,000, pending the property owner’s resolution of certain boundary line issues with neighboring property owners. As of December 31, 2007, these boundary line issues were not yet resolved.
 
 
(1) All bed counts are licensed beds and may not reflect the number of beds actually available for patient use.
 
Goodwill recognized in these transactions amounted to $810, which is expected to be fully deductible for tax purposes. The Company recognized $33 in other intangible assets.
 
Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company purchased the underlying assets of four facilities that it was operating under long-term lease arrangements. The aggregate purchase price of these facilities was $16,217, which was entirely paid in cash. The cash outflow related to these purchases is included in the purchase of property and equipment under cash flows from investing activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.
 
The purchase prices in the above transactions were allocated to real property, equipment, intangible assets and goodwill based on the following valuation techniques:
 
  •  The fair value of land, buildings and improvements and equipment, furniture and fixtures (or tangible assets) was determined utilizing a cost approach. In the cost approach, the subject property is valued based upon the fair value of the land, as if vacant, by comparing recent sales or asking prices for similar land, to which the depreciated replacement cost of the building and improvements and equipment is added. The replacement cost of the building and improvements and equipment is adjusted for accrued depreciation resulting from physical deterioration, functional obsolescence and external or economic obsolescence.
 
  •  The customer base was valued under an income capitalization approach using an excess earnings method. Excess earnings are the earnings remaining after deducting the market rates of return on the estimated values of contributory assets including debt-free net working capital, tangible and intangible assets. The excess earnings are thereby calculated and discounted to a present value. The primary components of this method consist of the determination of excess earnings and an appropriate rate of return. To arrive at the excess earnings attributable to an intangible asset, earnings after taxes derived from that asset are projected. Thereafter, the returns on contributory debt-free net working capital, tangible and intangible assets are deducted from the earnings projections. After deducting returns on these contributory assets, the remaining earnings are attributable to the customer base. These remaining, or excess, earnings are then discounted to a present value utilizing an appropriate discount rate for the asset.


97


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
  •  Goodwill is calculated as the value that remains after subtracting the net asset value and the value of identifiable tangible and intangible assets and liabilities for the respective purchase.
 
The table below presents the allocation of the purchase price for the facilities acquired in business combinations during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Land
  $ 2,391     $ 5,782  
Building and improvements
    5,675       21,863  
Equipment, furniture, and fixtures
    543       1,168  
Goodwill
    810       2,072  
Tradename and customer base intangible assets
    33       180  
                 
    $ 9,452     $ 31,065  
                 
 
The Company’s acquisition strategy has been focused on identifying both opportunistic and strategic acquisitions within its target markets that offer strong opportunities for return on invested capital. The facilities acquired by the Company are frequently underperforming financially and can have regulatory and clinical challenges to overcome. Financial information, especially with underperforming facilities, is often inadequate, inaccurate or unavailable. Consequently, the Company believes that prior operating results are not meaningful and may be misleading as the information is not representative of the Company’s current operating results or indicative of the integration potential of its newly acquired facilities.
 
The four businesses acquired during the year ended December 31, 2007 were not material acquisitions to the Company, individually or in the aggregate. These acquisitions have been included in the December 31, 2007 consolidated balance sheet of the Company and the operating results have been included in the consolidated statement of income of the Company since the date the Company gained effective control. In addition to the four businesses acquired during the year ended December 31, 2007, four facilities that were previously leased by the Company were purchased from the landlord and the lease was terminated. Therefore, the assets acquired have been included in the December 31, 2007 consolidated balance sheet and the operating results have been included in the consolidated statement of income since the inception of the lease. Accordingly, pro forma financial information is not presented for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
6.   Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment are initially recorded at their original historical cost. Repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets (ranging from 3 to 30 years). Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the remaining lease term.


98


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Property and equipment consists of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Land
  $ 26,107     $ 17,265  
Buildings and improvements
    76,262       56,927  
Equipment
    17,801       11,818  
Furniture and fixtures
    6,414       3,761  
Leasehold improvements
    10,771       7,363  
Construction in progress
    4,050       135  
                 
      141,405       97,269  
Less accumulated depreciation
    (16,544 )     (10,136 )
                 
Property and equipment, net
  $ 124,861     $ 87,133  
                 
 
7.   Intangible Assets, Net
 
                                                         
    December 31,  
    Weighted
    2007     2006  
    Average
    Gross
                Gross
             
    Life
    Carrying
    Accumulated
          Carrying
    Accumulated
       
Intangible Assets
  (Years)     Amount     Amortization     Net     Amount     Amortization     Net  
 
Debt issuance costs
    9.3     $ 1,808     $ (687 )   $ 1,121     $ 1,744     $ (504 )   $ 1,240  
Lease acquisition costs
    15.5       1,071       (541 )     530       1,063       (398 )     665  
Customer base
    0.3       213       (213 )           180       (136 )     44  
Tradename
    30.0       733       (49 )     684       733       (23 )     710  
                                                         
Total
          $ 3,825     $ (1,490 )   $ 2,335     $ 3,720     $ (1,061 )   $ 2,659  
                                                         
 
Amortization expense was $429, $470 and $359 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Estimated amortization expense for each of the periods ending December 31 is as follows:
 
         
Year
  Amount  
 
2008
  $ 221  
2009
    198  
2010
    198  
2011
    197  
2012
    195  
Thereafter
    1,326  
         
    $ 2,335  
         
 
Goodwill
 
Pursuant to SFAS No. 142, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment analysis on December 31, 2007 for each reporting unit that constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is produced and reviewed by operating segment management and provides services that are distinct from the other components of the operating segment. The Company determines impairment by comparing the net assets of each reporting unit to their respective fair values. The Company determines the estimated fair value of each reporting unit using a discounted cash flow analysis. In the event a unit’s net assets exceed its fair value, an implied fair value of goodwill must be determined by assigning the unit’s fair value to each asset and liability of the unit. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and


99


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. An impairment loss is measured by the difference between the goodwill carrying value and the implied fair value. Based on the analysis performed, the Company recorded no goodwill impairment for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 or 2005.
 
8.   Restricted and Other Assets
 
Restricted and other assets consist primarily of capital reserves and deposits. Capital reserves are maintained as part of the mortgage agreements of the Company and certain of its landlords with the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development. These capital reserves are restricted for capital improvements and repairs to the related facilities.
 
Restricted and other assets consists of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Deposits with landlords
  $ 1,001     $ 1,001  
Capital improvement reserves with landlords and lenders
    2,244       1,562  
Other
    28       55  
                 
    $ 3,273     $ 2,618  
                 
 
9.   Other Accrued Liabilities
 
Other accrued liabilities consists of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Quality assurance fee
  $ 1,853     $ 1,863  
Resident refunds payable
    1,767       1,736  
Deferred resident revenue
    1,745       1,370  
Cash held in trust for residents
    1,152       1,070  
Claim settlement
          1,000  
Dividends payable
    819       657  
Income taxes payable
          1,885  
Property taxes
    838       638  
Other
    2,963       1,887  
                 
Other accrued liabilities
  $ 11,137     $ 12,106  
                 
 
Quality assurance fee represents amounts payable to the State of California in respect of a mandated fee based on resident days. Resident refunds payable includes amounts due to residents for overpayments and duplicate payments. Deferred resident revenue occurs when the Company receives payments in advance of services provided. Cash held in trust for residents reflects monies received from, or on behalf of, residents. Maintaining a trust account for residents is a regulatory requirement and, while the trust assets offset the liability, the Company assumes a fiduciary responsibility for these funds. The cash balance related to this liability is included in other current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.


100


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
10.   Income Taxes
 
The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 is summarized as follows:
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Current:
                       
Federal
  $ 10,212     $ 15,960     $ 13,328  
State
    1,694       2,592       2,639  
                         
      11,906       18,552       15,967  
                         
Deferred:
                       
Federal
    840       (3,565 )     (3,395 )
State
    159       (862 )     (518 )
                         
      999       (4,427 )     (3,913 )
                         
Benefit for FIN 48 uncertainties
    (88 )            
Interest income, gross of related tax effects
    (123 )            
Interest expense, gross of related tax effects
    150              
Tax benefits credited to paid-in capital
    61              
                         
Total
  $ 12,905     $ 14,125     $ 12,054  
                         
 
A reconciliation of the federal statutory rate to the effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, is comprised as follows:
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Income tax expense at statutory rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %
State income taxes — net of federal benefit
    3.6       3.1       4.5  
Non-deductible expenses
    0.4       0.1       0.1  
FIN 48 uncertainties
    (0.3 )            
Net interest expense
    0.1              
Other adjustments
    (0.2 )     0.3        
                         
Total income tax provision
    38.6 %     38.5 %     39.6 %
                         


101


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 are summarized as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Deferred tax assets (liabilities):
               
Accrued expenses
  $ 9,243     $ 9,563  
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    3,161       3,228  
State taxes
          235  
Tax credits
    1,103       622  
                 
Total deferred tax assets
    13,507       13,648  
State taxes
    (199 )      
Depreciation and amortization
    (563 )     (413 )
Prepaid expenses
    (1,018 )     (677 )
                 
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (1,780 )     (1,090 )
                 
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 11,727     $ 12,558  
                 
 
The Company had state credit carryforwards as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 of $1,103 and $622, respectively. These carryforwards primarily related to state limitations on the application of Enterprise Zone employment related tax credits. These Enterprise Zone credits are expected to carryforward indefinitely and may be used to offset future state income tax. The remainder of these carryforwards relate to credits against the Texas margin tax and is expected to carryforward until 2027.
 
The Company adopted FIN 48 effective January 1, 2007 and, as of the date of adoption, had a net amount of unrecognized tax detriments of $36, exclusive of accrued interest. This total consisted of $234 of unrecognized tax benefits for permanent differences (as defined by SFAS 109) and other items, net of $270 of unrecognized tax detriments from temporary differences (as defined by SFAS 109), which resulted in additional deferred tax liability. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2007 is as follows:
 
         
Unrecognized tax detriment at January 1, 2007
  $ (36 )
Gross increases for tax positions taken in prior years
    137  
Gross decreases for tax positions taken in prior years
    (145 )
Gross increases for tax positions taken in the current year
    17  
Settlements with taxing authorities
    185  
Reductions due to statute lapse
    (38 )
         
Unrecognized tax benefit at December 31, 2007
  $ 120  
         
 
As of January 1, 2007, the Company recorded $340 as an adjustment, net of the associated tax impact on interest amounts, to opening retained earnings as a result of the adoption of FIN 48. Of this total, $188 related to unrecognized tax benefits and $152 related to accrued interest.
 
As of December 31, 2007, the unrecognized tax benefits, net of their state tax benefits, that would affect the Company’s effective tax rate was $44.
 
The Company closed examinations by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) for the 2004 and 2005 income tax years and by a major state tax jurisdiction for the 2003, 2004 and 2005 income tax years. The Company settled with both the IRS and the major tax jurisdiction on all outstanding requests for a net refund of tax.


102


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Because the Company contemplated certain of the favorable examination adjustments in its beginning unrecognized tax detriment, the settlement of these items resulted in the recognition of the tax detriments and an increase to the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits.
 
The Federal statute of limitations on the Company’s 2003 income tax year lapsed in the third quarter of 2007, which resulted in a reduction in unrecognized tax benefits of $38 for uncertain tax positions. In 2008, the statute of limitations will lapse on the Company’s 2003 and 2004 income tax years for state and Federal purposes, respectively; however, the Company does not believe this lapse will significantly impact unrecognized tax benefits for any uncertain tax positions. The Company is not aware of any other event that might significantly impact the balance of unrecognized tax benefits in the next twelve months.
 
The Company has historically classified interest and/or penalties on income tax liabilities or refunds as additional income tax expense or income and will continue to do so with the adoption of FIN 48. As of the adoption date of FIN 48, the Company recorded total accrued interest and penalties, gross of related tax benefit, of $253. For 2007, the Company reported $123 of interest income and $150 of interest expense, gross of related tax benefit, in the statement of income. As of December 31, 2007, the total amount of accrued interest and penalties in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet was $298.
 
11.   Leases
 
The Company leases certain facilities and its administrative offices under non-cancelable operating leases, most of which have initial lease terms ranging from five to 20 years. The Company also leases certain of its equipment under non-cancelable operating leases with initial terms ranging from three to five years. Most of these leases contain renewal options, certain of which involve rent increases. Total rent expense, inclusive of straight-line rent adjustments, was $16,972, $16,701 and $16,406 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Minimum lease payments for all leases as of December 31, 2007 are as follows:
 
         
Year
  Amount  
 
2008
  $ 16,810  
2009
    16,508  
2010
    15,019  
2011
    14,793  
2012
    14,585  
Thereafter
    74,294  
         
    $ 152,009  
         
 
Six of the Company’s facilities are operated under master lease arrangements and a breach at a single facility could subject multiple facilities covered by the same master lease to the same default risk. Under a master lease, the Company may lease a large number of geographically dispersed properties through an indivisible lease. Failure to comply with Medicare or Medicaid provider requirements is a default under several of the Company’s master lease agreements and debt financing instruments. In addition, other potential defaults related to an individual facility may cause a default of an entire master lease portfolio and could trigger cross-default provisions in the Company’s outstanding debt arrangements and other leases. With an indivisible lease, it is difficult to restructure the composition of the portfolio or economic terms of the lease without the consent of the landlord. In addition, a number of the Company’s individual facility leases are held by the same or related landlords, and some of these leases include cross-default provisions that could cause a default at one facility to trigger a technical default with respect to others, potentially subjecting certain leases and facilities to the various remedies available to the landlords under separate but cross-defaulted leases. The Company is not aware of any defaults as of December 31, 2007.


103


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
12.   Debt
 
The Company has an Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, as amended (the Revolver) with General Electric Capital Corporation (the Lender) under which the Company may borrow up to the lesser of $20,000 or 85% of qualified accounts receivable, as defined. Revolver borrowings bear interest at an annual rate of prime plus 1%. The Revolver contains typical representations and covenants for a loan of this type. A violation of any of these covenants could result in a default under the Revolver, which would result in all amounts owed by the Company, including possibly amounts due under the Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement (the Term Loan) with the Lender discussed below, to become immediately due and payable upon receipt of notice. The Company was in compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2007. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, there were no outstanding borrowings under the Revolver and $8,449 of borrowing capacity was pledged to secure outstanding letters of credit in the same periods. The Revolver was set to mature in March 2007 but was extended until February 22, 2008.
 
On February 21, 2008, the Company amended the Revolver by extending the term to 2012, increasing the available credit thereunder up to the lesser of $50,000 or 85% of the eligible accounts receivable, and changing the interest rate for all or any portion of the outstanding indebtedness thereunder to any of three options, as the Company may elect from time to time, (i) the one, two, three or six month LIBOR (at the Company’s option) plus 2.5%, or (ii) the greater of (a) prime plus 1.0% or (b) the federal funds rate plus 1.5% or (iii) a floating LIBOR rate. The signed agreement is contingent on final execution and delivery of appropriate amendatory documentation. The Revolver contains typical representations and financial and non-financial covenants for a loan of this type, a violation of which could result in a default under the Revolver and could possibly cause the entire amount outstanding, under the Revolver and all amounts owed by the Company, including amounts due under the Term Loan, to be declared immediately due and payable.
 
Long-term debt consists of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Term Loan with the Lender, multiple-advance term loan, principal and interest payable monthly; interest is fixed at time of draw at 10-year treasury note rate plus 2.25% (rates in effect at December 31, 2007 range from 6.95% to 7.50%), balance due June 2016, collateralized by deeds of trust on real property, assignments of rents, security agreements and fixture financing statements
  $ 54,929     $ 55,653  
Mortgage note, principal, and interest of $54 payable monthly and continuing through February 2027, interest at fixed rate of 7.5%, collateralized by deed of trust on real property, assignment of rents and security agreement
    6,612       6,774  
Mortgage note, principal, and interest of $18 payable monthly and continuing through September 2008, interest at fixed rate of 7.49%, collateralized by a deed of trust and security agreement and an assignment of rents
    2,029       2,094  
Notes payable, principal and interest payable monthly at fixed rate of 6.9%, balance due November 2008, collateralized by equipment
          7  
                 
      63,570       64,528  
Less current maturities
    (2,993 )     (941 )
                 
    $ 60,577     $ 63,587  
                 
 
Under the Term Loan, the Company is subject to standard reporting requirements and other typical covenants for a loan of this type. Effective October 1, 2006 and continuing each calendar quarter thereafter, the Company is subject to restrictive financial covenants, including occupancy, restrictions on capital expenditures, Fixed Charge Coverage (as defined in the agreement) and Net Worth (as defined in the agreement). Under the Revolver the Company is subject to typical representations and financial and non-


104


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
financial covenants for a loan of this type, a violation of which could result in a default under the Revolver and could possibly cause all amounts owed by the Company, including amounts due under the Term Loan, to be declared immediately due and payable. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company was in compliance with such loan covenants.
 
Long-term debt matures in fiscal years ending after December 31, 2007 as follows:
 
         
Years Ending December 31,
  Amount  
 
2008
  $ 2,993  
2009
    1,075  
2010
    1,158  
2011
    1,246  
2012
    1,330  
Thereafter
    55,768  
         
    $ 63,570  
         
 
13.   Preferred Stock
 
Series A Preferred Stock  — The Company issued shares of Series A preferred stock in 2000 in conjunction with the cancellation of $2,330 of debt at a purchase price of $3.40 per share. These shares were convertible on a four-to-one basis, at the holder’s option into shares of common stock with the conversion rate determined by dividing $3.40 by the then current Series A conversion price ($0.85 per share as of December 31, 2006 and November 8, 2007). The conversion was automatic in certain circumstances, including a public offering of the Company’s common stock. On November 8, 2007, in connection with the closing of the Company’s IPO, all previously outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock converted into 2,741 shares of the Company’s common stock.
 
Redemption Rights  — The holder of the Series A preferred stock did not exercise its redemption option, which expired 90 days after the Company delivered its audited financial statements for fiscal 2003. The redemption option required the Company to redeem all (but not less than all) of such holder’s Series A preferred stock for the conversion price then in effect of the redeeming holder’s shares of Series A preferred stock, plus accumulated but unpaid declared dividends, plus any premium due thereon, if exercised. Additionally, if, by December 31, 2010, the Company had not completed a public offering, as defined, the holder of Series A preferred stock shall have the option, for a 90-day period (beginning on the date that the Company delivers its audited financial statements for fiscal 2010), to require the Company to redeem all (but not less than all) of such holder’s Series A preferred stock for the conversion price then in effect of the redeeming holder’s shares of Series A preferred stock, plus (i) accumulated but unpaid declared dividends, plus (ii) an amount equal to the greater of (a) cash in the amount of $1.43 per share for each of such redeeming holder’s shares of Series A preferred stock (adjusted to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, or similar transactions affecting the outstanding Series A preferred stock) or (b) a per-share amount for each of such redeeming holder’s shares of Series A preferred stock (on an as-if-converted basis) equal to the aggregate amount of cash dividends declared for each share of common stock into which each share of Series A preferred stock being redeemed could then be converted, less (iii) the actual amount of any dividends paid prior to the redemption.
 
14.   Dividends
 
The Company’s policy is to pay declared dividends in the month following the month of declaration. The Company does not have a formal policy with respect to if or when to declare dividends or the amounts of dividends, but it currently intends to continue to pay regular quarterly dividends to the holders of its common


105


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
stock. The payment of dividends is subject to the discretion of the board of directors and will depend on many factors, including results of operations, financial condition and capital requirements, earnings, general business conditions, legal restrictions on the payment of dividends and other factors the board of directors deems relevant. The Revolver restricts the Company’s ability to pay dividends to shareholders if it receives notice that it is in default under this agreement. At December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, declared but unpaid preferred and common stock dividends totaled approximately $819, $657 and $500, respectively, which were included in other accrued liabilities.
 
Dividends declared for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, were as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Preferred stock
  $ 329     $ 356     $ 247  
Common stock
    2,463       1,776       1,255  
                         
    $ 2,792     $ 2,132     $ 1,502  
                         
 
15.   Options and Warrants
 
Stock-based compensation expense recognized under SFAS 123(R) consists of share-based payment awards made to employees and directors including employee stock options based on estimated fair values. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 does not include compensation expense for share- based payment awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of January 1, 2006, in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123 but does include compensation expense for the share-based payment awards granted on or subsequent to January 1, 2006 based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the adoption provisions of SFAS 123(R). As stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. SFAS 123(R) requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.
 
The Company has three option plans, all of which have been approved by the stockholders. In the 2001 Plan and 2005 Plan (defined below), options may be exercised for unvested shares of common stock, which have full stockholder rights including voting, dividend and liquidation rights. The Company retains the right to repurchase any or all unvested shares at the exercise price paid per share of any or all unvested shares should the optionee cease to remain in service while holding such unvested shares.
 
2001 Stock Option, Deferred Stock and Restricted Stock Plan  — The 2001 Stock Option, Deferred Stock and Restricted Stock Plan (2001 Plan) authorizes the sale of up to 1,980 shares of common stock to officers, employees, directors, and consultants of the Company. Granted non-employee director options vest and become exercisable immediately. Generally, all other granted options and restricted stock vest over five years at 20% per year on the anniversary of the grant date. Options expire ten years from the date of grant. The exercise price of the stock is determined by the board of directors, but shall not be less than 100% of the fair value on the date of grant. Shares issued upon early exercise of options granted prior to 2006 vested in full upon the consummation of the Company’s IPO, such shares will vest in full upon exercise. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, there were 247 and 257, respectively, unissued shares of common stock available for issuance under this plan, including shares that have been forfeited and are available for reissue.
 
2005 Stock Incentive Plan  — The 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (2005 Plan) authorizes the sale of up to 1,000 shares of treasury stock of which only 800 shares were repurchased and therefore eligible for reissuance as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, to officers, employees, directors and consultants of the Company. Options


106


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
granted to non-employee directors vest and become exercisable immediately. All other granted options vest over five years at 20% per year on the anniversary of the grant date. Options expire ten years from the date of grant. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, there were 112 and 6, respectively, unissued shares of common stock available for issuance under this plan, including shares that have been forfeited and are available for reissue.
 
2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan  — The 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan (2007 Plan) authorizes the sale of up to 1,000 shares of common stock to officers, employees, directors and consultants of the Company. In addition, the number of shares of common stock reserved under the 2007 Plan will automatically increase on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning on January 1, 2008, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1,000 shares of common stock, or (ii) 2% of the number of shares outstanding as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, or (iii) such lesser number as determined by the Company’s board of directors. Granted non-employee director options vest and become exercisable in three equal annual installments, or the length of the term if less than three years, on the completion of each year of service measured from the grant date. All other granted options vest over five years at 20% per year on the anniversary of the grant date. Options expire ten years from the date of grant. At December 31, 2007, there were 1,000 unissued shares of common stock available for issuance under this plan.
 
The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to recognize the value of stock-based compensation expense for all share-based payment awards. Determining the appropriate fair-value model and calculating the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires considerable judgment, including estimating stock price volatility, expected option life and forfeiture rates. The Company develops estimates based on historical data and market information, which can change significantly over time. The Black-Scholes model required the Company to make several key judgments including:
 
  •  The expected option term reflects the application of the simplified method set out in SAB No. 107  Share-Based Payment (SAB 107), which was issued in March 2005. In December 2007, the SEC released Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110 (SAB 110), which extends the use of the “simplified” method, under certain circumstances, in developing an estimate of expected term of “plain vanilla” share options. Accordingly, the Company has utilized the average of the contractual term of the options and the weighted average vesting period for all options to calculate the expected option term.
 
  •  Estimated volatility also reflects the application of SAB 107 interpretive guidance and, accordingly, incorporates historical volatility of similar public entities until sufficient information regarding the volatility of the Company’s share price becomes available.
 
  •  The dividend yield is based on the Company’s historical pattern of dividends as well as expected dividend patterns.
 
  •  The risk-free rate is based on the implied yield of U.S. Treasury notes as of the grant date with a remaining term approximately equal to the expected term.
 
  •  Estimated forfeiture rate of approximately 8% per year is based on the Company’s historical forfeiture activity of unvested stock options.
 
No options were granted during the year ended December 31, 2007.


107


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The Company used the following assumptions for stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2006:
 
                                         
          Weighted
                Weighted
 
          Average
          Weighted
    Average
 
    Options
    Risk-Free
    Expected
    Average
    Dividend
 
Plan
  Granted     Rate     Life     Volatility     Yield  
 
2001
    286       4.9 %     6.5 years       46 %     1.19 %
2005
    400       5.0 %     6.5 years       45 %     1.06 %
                                         
Total
    686                                  
                                         
 
For the year ended December 31, 2006, the following represent the Company’s weighted average exercise price, grant date intrinsic value and fair value displayed by grant date:
 
                                                 
                Weighted
    Weighted
    Weighted
    Weighted
 
                Average
    Average
    Average
    Average
 
          Options
    Exercise
    Grant Date
    Fair Value
    Fair Value of
 
Plan
  Grant Date     Granted     Price     Intrinsic Value     of Options     Common Stock  
 
2001
    1/17/2006       22     $ 7.05     $ 0.00     $ 2.51     $ 5.96  
      7/26/2006       264     $ 7.50     $ 7.59     $ 9.69     $ 15.09  
2005
    7/26/2006       400     $ 7.50     $ 7.59     $ 9.69     $ 15.09  
 
As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company valued its common stock using a combination of weighted income and market valuation approaches. The income approach was based on discounted cash flows. The market approach employed both a guideline company method and merger and acquisition method.
 
On July 26, 2006, in a manner generally consistent with historical valuation and grant practices, the Company granted options to purchase approximately 664 shares of common stock to employees. The exercise price was based on a contemporaneous fair value calculation. Subsequently, a weighted valuation was performed, which produced a fair value less than the exercise price. Then, in March 2007, an additional retrospective weighted valuation was performed. This weighted valuation took into consideration the possibility of the Company entering the public marketplace in 2007. This re-measurement resulted in the adjusted fair value exceeding the exercise price. As a result of the finalized valuations and the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the Company recorded aggregate compensation expense of approximately $1,468 and $443 during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.


108


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table represents the employee stock option activity during the year ended December 31, 2007:
 
                                 
          Weighted
    Number of
    Weighted
 
    Number of
    Average
    Shares
    Average
 
    Shares
    Exercise
    Vested and
    Exercise
 
    Outstanding     Price     Exercisable     Price  
 
December 31, 2004
    648     $ 1.19       98     $ 0.47  
Granted
    465     $ 5.67                  
Forfeitures
    (71 )   $ 1.20                  
Exercised
    (254 )   $ 0.87                  
                                 
December 31, 2005
    788     $ 3.94       132     $ 2.21  
Granted
    686     $ 7.48                  
Forfeitures
    (46 )   $ 2.41                  
Exercised
    (184 )   $ 2.48                  
                                 
December 31, 2006
    1,244     $ 6.17       148     $ 3.82  
Granted
                           
Forfeitures
    (173 )   $ 6.03                  
Exercised
    (48 )   $ 6.04                  
                                 
December 31, 2007
    1,023     $ 6.19       316     $ 5.25  
                                 
 
The following summary information reflects stock options outstanding, vesting and related details as of December 31, 2007:
 
                                                 
    Stock Options Outstanding     Stock Options Vested  
                Black-
    Remaining
    Number
       
Year of
  Number
    Exercise
    Scholes Fair
    Contractual
    Vested and
    Exercise
 
Grant
  Outstanding     Price     Value     Life (Years)     Exercisable     Price  
 
2003
    50     $ 0.67-0.81     $ 38       6       37     $ 0.67-0.81  
2004
    83     $ 1.95-2.46       191       7       48     $ 1.95-2.46  
2005
    310     $ 4.99-5.75       1,762       8       115     $ 4.99-5.75  
2006
    580     $ 7.05-7.50       5,516       9       116     $ 7.05-7.50  
                                                 
Total
    1,023             $ 7,507               316          
                                                 
 
The Company recognized $1,468 and $443, respectively, in compensation expense during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006. The Company expects to recognize $567 and $169, respectively, in tax benefits when the options vest and are exercised. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the total fair value of shares vested was approximately $1,892 and $567, respectively.
 
In future periods, the Company expects to recognize approximately $3,698 in stock-based compensation expense over the next 3.2 weighted average years for unvested options that were outstanding as of December 31, 2007.
 
There were 707 unvested and outstanding options at December 31, 2007, of which 576 are expected to vest. The weighted average contractual life for options vested at December 31, 2007 was 7.5 years. The weighted average contractual life for options outstanding at December 31, 2007 was 8 years. In addition, the Company has 22 unvested exercised shares with a weighted average contractual life of 9 years.
 
The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding, expected to vest, vested and exercised as of December 31, 2007 was approximately $8,392, $4,509, $2,890 and $404, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic


109


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
value of options outstanding, expected to vest, vested and exercised as of December 31, 2006 was approximately $13,659, $9,107, $1,978, and $2,691, respectively. The intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the market value and the exercise price of the options.
 
16.   Commitments and Contingencies
 
Regulatory Matters — Laws and regulations governing Medicare and Medicaid programs are complex and subject to interpretation. Compliance with such laws and regulations can be subject to future governmental review and interpretation, as well as significant regulatory action including fines, penalties, and exclusion from certain governmental programs. The Company believes that it is in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations.
 
A significant portion of the Company’s revenue is derived from Medicaid and Medicare, for which reimbursement rates are subject to regulatory changes and government funding restrictions. Although the Company is not aware of any significant future rate changes, significant changes to the reimbursement rates could have a material effect on the Company’s operations.
 
Cost-Containment Measures — Both government and private pay sources have instituted cost-containment measures designed to limit payments made to providers of healthcare services, and there can be no assurance that future measures designed to limit payments made to providers will not adversely affect the Company.
 
Indemnities — From time to time, the Company enters into certain types of contracts that contingently require the Company to indemnify parties against third-party claims. These contracts primarily include (i) certain real estate leases, under which the Company may be required to indemnify property owners or prior facility operators for post-transfer environmental or other liabilities and other claims arising from the Company’s use of the applicable premises, (ii) operations transfer agreements, in which the Company agrees to indemnify past operators of facilities the Company acquires against certain liabilities arising from the transfer of the operation and/or the operation thereof after the transfer, (iii) certain lending agreements, under which the Company may be required to indemnify the lender against various claims and liabilities, (iv) agreements with certain lenders under which the Company may be required to indemnify such lenders against various claims and liabilities, and (v) certain agreements with the Company’s officers, directors and employees, under which the Company may be required to indemnify such persons for liabilities arising out of their employment relationships. The terms of such obligations vary by contract and, in most instances, a specific or maximum dollar amount is not explicitly stated therein. Generally, amounts under these contracts cannot be reasonably estimated until a specific claim is asserted. Consequently, because no claims have been asserted, no liabilities have been recorded for these obligations on the Company’s balance sheets for any of the periods presented.
 
Litigation — The skilled nursing business involves a significant risk of liability given the age and health of the Company’s patients and residents and the services the Company provides. The Company and others in the industry are subject to an increasing number of claims and lawsuits, including professional liability claims, alleging that services have resulted in personal injury, elder abuse, wrongful death or other related claims. The defense of these lawsuits may result in significant legal costs, regardless of the outcome, and can result in large settlement amounts or damage awards.
 
A class action suit was previously filed against the Company alleging, among other things, violations of applicable California Health and Safety Code provisions and a violation of the California Consumer Legal Remedies Act at certain of the Company’s facilities. The Company has received court approval for its settlement and the obligation to pay has been capped, not to exceed $3,000. As of December 31, 2006, the Company’s best estimate of the ultimate liability it believed it would likely be subject to after all payments to class claimants and related estimated legal expenses was approximately $1,000. This amount was recorded in accrued other liabilities in the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements as of December 31,


110


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
2006. The Company settled this class action suit and the settlement was approved by the affected class and the court in April 2007. The ultimate amount of legal expenses and claims was approximately $1,100, which was paid as of June 30, 2007.
 
In addition to the class action, professional liability and other types of lawsuits and claims described above, the Company is also subject to potential lawsuits under the Federal False Claims Act and comparable state laws alleging submission of fraudulent claims for services to any healthcare program (such as Medicare) or payor. A violation may provide the basis for exclusion from federally-funded healthcare programs. Such exclusions could have a correlative negative impact on the Company’s financial performance. Some states, including California, Arizona and Texas, have enacted similar whistleblower and false claims laws and regulations. In addition, the Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 created incentives for states to enact anti-fraud legislation modeled on the Federal False Claims Act. As such, the Company could face increased scrutiny, potential liability and legal expenses and costs based on claims under state false claims acts in markets in which it does business.
 
On June 5, 2006, a complaint was filed against the Company in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Los Angeles, purportedly on behalf of the United States, claiming that the Company violated the Medicare Secondary Payer Act. In the complaint, the plaintiff alleged that the Company has inappropriately received and retained reimbursement from Medicare for treatment given to certain unidentified patients and residents of its facilities whose injuries were caused by the Company as a result of unidentified and unadjudicated incidents of medical malpractice. The plaintiff in this action is seeking damages of twice the amount that the Company was allegedly obligated to pay or reimburse to Medicare in connection with the treatment in question under the Medicare Secondary Payer Act, plus interest, together with plaintiff’s costs and fees, including attorneys’ fees. The plaintiff’s case was dismissed in the Company’s favor by the trial court, and the dismissal is currently on appeal. At this time the loss or possible range of loss is not estimable or probable; accordingly, the Company has not recorded an accrual for this matter.
 
The Company has been, and continues to be, subject to claims and legal actions that arise in the ordinary course of business including potential claims related to care and treatment provided at its facilities, as well as employment related claims. The Company does not believe that the ultimate resolution of these actions will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial business, financial condition or, results of operations. A significant increase in the number of these claims or an increase in amounts owing under successful claims could materially adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Medicare Revenue Recoupments — The Company is subject to reviews relating to Medicare services, billings and potential overpayments. Recent probe reviews resulted in Medicare revenue recoupment, net of appeal recoveries, to the federal government and related resident copayments of approximately $35 during the year ended December 31, 2007. The Company anticipates that these probe reviews will increase in frequency in the future. In addition, two of the Company’s facilities are currently on prepayment review, and others may be placed on prepayment review in the future. If a facility fails prepayment review, the facility could then be subject to undergo targeted review, which is a review that targets perceived claims deficiencies. The Company has no facilities that are currently undergoing targeted reviews.
 
Other Matters — In March 2007, the Company and certain of its officers received a series of notices from the Company’s bank indicating that the United States Attorney (U.S. Attorney) for the Central District of California had issued an authorized investigative demand, a request for records similar to a subpoena, to the Company’s bank and then rescinded that demand. This rescinded demand originally requested documents from the Company’s bank related to financial transactions involving the Company, ten of its operating subsidiaries, an outside investor group, and certain of its current and former officers. Subsequently, in June 2007, the U.S. Attorney sent a letter to one of the Company’s current employees requesting a meeting. The letter indicated that the U.S. Attorney and the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector


111


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
General were conducting an investigation of claims submitted to the Medicare program for rehabilitation services provided at the Company’s facilities. Although both the Company and the employee offered to cooperate, the U.S. Attorney later withdrew its meeting request. From these contacts, the Company believed that an investigation was underway, but to date the Company has been unable to determine the exact cause or nature of the U.S. Attorney’s interest in the Company or its subsidiaries, and until recently the Company has been unable to even verify whether the investigation was continuing.
 
On December 17, 2007, the Company was informed by Deloitte & Touche LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm that the U.S. Attorney served a grand jury subpoena on Deloitte & Touche LLP, relating to the Company and several of its operating subsidiaries. The subpoena confirmed the Company’s previously reported belief that the U.S. Attorney is conducting an investigation involving certain of the Company’s operating subsidiaries. Based on these most recent events, the Company believes that the United States Government may be conducting parallel criminal, civil and administrative investigations involving The Ensign Group and one or more of its skilled nursing facilities. To the Company’s knowledge, however, neither The Ensign Group, Inc. nor any of its operating subsidiaries or employees has been formally charged with any wrongdoing, served with any related subpoenas or requests, or been directly notified of any concerns or related investigations by the U.S. Attorney or any government agency. Subsequently, in February 2008, the U.S. Attorney contacted two additional current employees. Both the Company and all three of the employees contacted have offered to cooperate and meet with the U.S. Attorney. While the Company has no reason to believe that the assertion of criminal charges, civil claims, administrative sanctions or whistleblower actions would be warranted, to date the U.S. Attorney’s office has declined to provide the Company with any specific information with respect to this matter, other than to confirm that an investigation is ongoing. The Company continued to request a meeting with the U.S. Attorney to discuss the grand jury subpoena, the Company’s internal investigation described below, and any specific allegations or concerns they may have. The Company cannot predict or provide any assurance as to the possible outcome of the investigation or any possible related proceedings, or as to the possible outcome of any qui tam litigation that may follow, nor can the Company estimate the possible loss or range of loss that may result from any such proceedings and, therefore, the Company has not recorded any related accruals. To the extent the U.S. Attorney’s office elects to pursue this matter, or if the investigation has been instigated by a qui tam relator who elects to pursue the matter, the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
 
In November 2006, the Company became aware of an allegation of possible reimbursement irregularities at one or more of its facilities. That same month, the Company retained outside counsel and initiated an internal investigation into these matters. The Company and its outside counsel concluded this investigation without identifying any systemic patterns or practices of fraudulent or intentional misconduct. The Company made observations at certain facilities regarding areas of potential improvement in some of its recordkeeping and billing practices and has implemented measures, some of which were already underway before the investigation began, that it believes will strengthen recordkeeping and billing processes. None of these additional findings or observations appears to be rooted in fraudulent or intentional misconduct. The Company continues to evaluate the measures implemented for effectiveness, and is continuing to seek ways to improve these processes.
 
As a byproduct of its investigation, the Company identified a limited number of selected Medicare claims for which adequate backup documentation could not be located or for which other billing deficiencies exist. The Company, with the assistance of independent consultants experienced in Medicare billing, completed a billing review on these claims. To the extent missing documentation was not located, the Company treated these claims as overpayments. Consistent with healthcare industry accounting practices, the Company records any charge for refunded payments against revenue in the period in which the claim adjustment becomes known. During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company accrued a liability of approximately $224, plus interest, for selected Medicare claims for which documentation had not been located or for other billing


112


Table of Contents

 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
deficiencies identified to date. The remittance of these claims started with the Company’s filing of its Quarterly Credit Balance Reports, which were submitted to the Medicare Fiscal Intermediary on or before January 31, 2008, and will be completed with the next Quarterly Credit Balance Report which will be submitted on or before April 30, 2008. If additional reviews result in identification and quantification of additional amounts to be refunded, the Company would accrue additional liabilities for claim costs and interest and repay any amounts due in normal course. If future investigations ultimately result in findings of significant billing and reimbursement noncompliance which could require the Company to record significant additional provisions or remit payments, the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
 
Concentrations
 
Credit Risk  — The Company has significant accounts receivable balances, the collectibility of which is dependent on the availability of funds from certain governmental programs, primarily Medicare and Medicaid. These receivables represent the only significant concentration of credit risk for the Company. The Company does not believe there is significant credit risks associated with these governmental programs. The Company believes that an adequate allowance has been recorded for the possibility of these receivables proving uncollectible, and continually monitors and adjusts these allowances as necessary. The Company’s receivables from Medicare and Medicaid payor programs accounted for approximately 61% and 65% of its total accounts receivable as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Revenue from reimbursements under the Medicare and Medicaid programs accounted for approximately 74%, 75% and 76% of the Company’s revenue for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Cash in Excess of FDIC Limits  — The Company currently has bank deposits with a financial institution that exceed FDIC insurance limits. FDIC insurance provides protection for bank deposits up to $100.
 
17.   Defined Contribution Plan
 
The Company has a 401(k) defined contribution plan (the 401(k) Plan), whereby eligible employees may contribute up to 15% of their annual basic earnings. Additionally, the 401(k) Plan provides for discretionary matching contributions (as defined) by the Company. The Company contributed, $270, $231 and $196 to the 401(k) Plan during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Beginning in 2007, the Company’s plan allowed eligible employees to contribute up to 90% of their eligible compensation, subject to applicable annual Internal Revenue Code limits.


113


Table of Contents

(b)  Financial Statement Schedules
 
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
 
Schedule II
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
 
                                 
          Additions
             
    Balance at
    Charged
             
    Beginning of
    to Costs and
          Balance at
 
    Year     Expenses     Deductions     End of Year  
    (In thousands)  
 
Year Ended December 31, 2005
                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ (4,213 )   $ (3,092 )   $ 2,346     $ (4,959 )
Year Ended December 31, 2006
                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ (4,959 )   $ (4,191 )   $ 1,607     $ (7,543 )
Year Ended December 31, 2007
                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ (7,543 )   $ (3,135 )   $ 3,224     $ (7,454 )
 
All other schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.


114


Table of Contents

(c)  Exhibit Index
 
                                 
                Exhibit
  Filing
  Filed
Exhibit No.
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
No.
 
Date
 
Herewith
 
  3 .1   Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of The Ensign Group, Inc., filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on November 15, 2007   10-Q   001-33757     3 .1   12/21/07    
  3 .3   Amended and Restated Bylaws of The Ensign Group, Inc.    10-Q   001-33757     3 .2   12/21/07    
  4 .1   Specimen common stock certificate   S-1   333-142897     4 .1   10/05/07    
  10 .1+   The Ensign Group, Inc. 2001 Stock Option, Deferred Stock and Restricted Stock Plan, form of Stock Option Grant Notice for Executive Officers and Directors, stock option agreement and form of restricted stock agreement for Executive Officers and Directors   S-1   333-142897     10 .1   07/26/07    
  10 .2+   The Ensign Group, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award for Executive Officers and Directors, and form of restricted stock agreement for Executive Officers and Directors   S-1   333-142897     10 .2   07/26/07    
  10 .3+   The Ensign Group, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan   S-1   333-142897     10 .3   10/05/07    
  10 .4+   Form of 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan Notice of Grant of Stock Options; and form of Non-Incentive Stock Option Award Terms and Conditions                       X
  10 .5+   Form of 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Agreement   S-1   333-142897     10 .5   10/05/07    
  10 .6+   Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between The Ensign Group, Inc. and its directors, officers and certain key employees   S-1   333-142897     10 .6   10/05/07    
  10 .7   Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2006, by and among certain subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc. as Borrowers, and General Electric Capital Corporation as Agent and Lender   S-1   333-142897     10 .7   05/14/07    
  10 .8   Consolidated, Amended and Restated Promissory Note, dated as of December 29, 2006, in the original principal amount of $64,692,111.67, by certain subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc. in favor of General Electric Capital Corporation   S-1   333-142897     10 .8   07/26/07    
  10 .9   Third Amended and Restated Guaranty of Payment and Performance, dated as of December 29, 2006, by The Ensign Group, Inc. as Guarantor and General Electric Capital Corporation as Agent and Lender, under which Guarantor guarantees the payment and performance of the obligations of certain of Guarantor’s subsidiaries under the Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement   S-1   333-142897     10 .9   07/26/07    


115


Table of Contents

(c) Exhibit Index
 
                                 
                Exhibit
  Filing
  Filed
Exhibit No.
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
No.
 
Date
 
Herewith
 
  10 .10   Form of Amended and Restated Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Financing Statement, dated as of June 30, 2006 (filed against Desert Terrace Nursing Center, Desert Sky Nursing Home, Highland Manor Health and Rehabilitation Center and North Mountain Medical and Rehabilitation Center), by and among Terrace Holdings AZ LLC, Sky Holdings AZ LLC, Ensign Highland LLC and Valley Health Holdings LLC as Grantors, Chicago Title Insurance Company as Trustee, and General Electric Capital Corporation as Beneficiary and Schedule of Material Differences therein   S-1   333-142897     10 .10   07/26/07    
  10 .11   Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Financing Statement, dated as of June 30, 2006 (filed against Park Manor), by and among Plaza Health Holdings LLC as Grantor, Chicago Title Insurance Company as Trustee, and General Electric Capital Corporation as Beneficiary   S-1   333-142897     10 .11   07/26/07    
  10 .12   Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Financing Statement, dated as of June 30, 2006 (filed against Catalina Care and Rehabilitation Center), by and among Rillito Holdings LLC as Grantor, Chicago Title Insurance Company as Trustee, and General Electric Capital Corporation as Beneficiary   S-1   333-142897     10 .12   07/26/07    
  10 .13   Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Financing Statement, dated as of October 16, 2006 (filed against Park View Gardens at Montgomery), by and among Mountainview Communitycare LLC as Grantor, Chicago Title Insurance Company as Trustee, and General Electric Capital Corporation as Beneficiary   S-1   333-142897     10 .13   07/26/07    
  10 .14   Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Financing Statement, dated as of October 16, 2006 (filed against Sabino Canyon Rehabilitation and Care Center), by and among Meadowbrook Health Associates LLC as Grantor, Chicago Title Insurance Company as Trustee and General Electric Capital Corporation as Beneficiary   S-1   333-142897     10 .14   07/26/07    

116


Table of Contents

(c) Exhibit Index
 
                                 
                Exhibit
  Filing
  Filed
Exhibit No.
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
No.
 
Date
 
Herewith
 
  10 .15   Form of Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Financing Statement, dated as of December 29, 2006 (filed against Upland Care and Rehabilitation Center and Camarillo Care Center), by and among Cedar Avenue Holdings LLC and Granada Investments LLC as Grantors, Chicago Title Insurance Company as Trustee and General Electric Capital Corporation as Beneficiary and Schedule of Material Differences therein   S-1   333-142897     10 .15   07/26/07    
  10 .16   Form of First Amendment to (Amended and Restated) Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Financing Statement, dated as of December 29, 2006 (filed against Desert Terrace Nursing Center, Desert Sky Nursing Home, Highland Manor Health and Rehabilitation Center, North Mountain Medical and Rehabilitation Center, Catalina Care and Rehabilitation Center, Park Manor, Park View Gardens at Montgomery, Sabino Canyon Rehabilitation and Care Center), by and among Terrace Holdings AZ LLC, Sky Holdings AZ LLC, Ensign Highland LLC, Valley Health Holdings LLC, Rillito Holdings LLC, Plaza Health Holdings LLC, Mountainview Communitycare LLC and Meadowbrook Health Associates LLC as Grantors, Chicago Title Insurance Company as Trustee, and General Electric Capital Corporation as Beneficiary and Schedule of Material Differences therein   S-1   333-142897     10 .16   07/26/07    
  10 .17   Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2004, by and among The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries as Borrower, and General Electric Capital Corporation as Agent and Lender   S-1   333-142897     10 .19   05/14/07    
  10 .18   Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 3, 2004, to the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and among The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries as Borrower, and General Electric Capital Corporation as Lender   S-1   333-142897     10 .20   05/14/07    
  10 .19   Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note, dated as of December 3, 2004, in the original principal amount of $20,000,000, by The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries in favor of General Electric Capital Corporation   S-1   333-142897     10 .19   07/26/07    


117


Table of Contents

(c) Exhibit Index
 
                                 
                Exhibit
  Filing
  Filed
Exhibit No.
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
No.
 
Date
 
Herewith
 
  10 .20   Amendment No. 2, dated as of March 25, 2007, to the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and among The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries as Borrower, and General Electric Capital Corporation as Lender   S-1   333-142897     10 .22   05/14/07    
  10 .21   Amendment No. 3, dated as of June 22, 2007, to the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and among The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries as Borrower and General Electric Capital Corporation as Lender   S-1   333-142897     10 .21   07/26/07    
  10 .22   Amendment No. 4, dated as of August 1, 2007, to the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and among The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries as Borrowers and General Electric Capital Corporation as Lender   S-1   333-142897     10 .42   08/17/07    
  10 .23   Amendment No. 5, dated September 13, 2007, to the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and among The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries as Borrowers and General Electric Capital Corporation as Lender   S-1   333-142897     10 .43   10/05/07    
  10 .24   Revolving Credit Note, dated as of September 13, 2007, in the original principal amount of $5,000,000 by The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries in favor of General Electric Capital Corporation   S-1   333-142897     10 .44   10/05/07    
  10 .25   Commitment Letter, dated October 3, 2007, from General Electric Capital Corporation to The Ensign Group, Inc., setting forth the general terms and conditions of the proposed amendment to the revolving credit facility, which will increase the available credit thereunder to $50.0 million   S-1   333-142897     10 .46   10/05/07    
  10 .26   Amendment No. 6, dated November 19, 2007, to the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and among The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries as Borrowers and General Electric Capital Corporation as Lender   8-K   001-33757     10 .1   11/21/07    
  10 .27   Amendment No. 7, dated December 21, 2007, to the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and among The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries as Borrowers and General Electric Capital Corporation as Lender   8-K   001-33757     10 .1   12/27/07    


118


Table of Contents

(c) Exhibit Index
 
                                 
                Exhibit
  Filing
  Filed
Exhibit No.
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
No.
 
Date
 
Herewith
 
  10 .28   Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated February 21, 2008, by and among The Ensign Group, Inc., certain of its subsidiaries as either Borrowers or Guarantors and General Electric Capital Corporation as Lender   8-K   001-33757     10 .1   02/27/08    
  10 .29   Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note, dated February 21, 2008, by certain subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc. as Borrowers for the benefit of General Electric Capital Corporation as Lender   8-K   001-33757     10 .2   02/27/08    
  10 .30   Ensign Guaranty, dated February 21, 2008, between The Ensign Group, Inc. as Guarantor and General Electric Capital Corporation as Lender   8-K   001-33757     10 .3   02/27/08    
  10 .31   Holding Company Guaranty, dated February 21, 2008, by and among The Ensign Group, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries as Guarantors and General Electric Capital Corporation as Lender   8-K   001-33757     10 .4   02/27/08    
  10 .32   Pacific Care Center Loan Agreement, dated as of August 6, 1998, by and between G&L Hoquiam, LLC as Borrower and GMAC Commercial Mortgage Corporation as Lender (later assumed by Cherry Health Holdings, Inc. as Borrower and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as Lender)   S-1   333-142897     10 .23   05/14/07    
  10 .33   Deed of Trust and Security Agreement, dated as of August 6, 1998, by and among G&L Hoquiam, LLC as Grantor, Ticor Title Insurance Company as Trustee and GMAC Commercial Mortgage Corporation as Beneficiary   S-1   333-142897     10 .24   07/26/07    
  10 .34   Promissory Note, dated as of August 6, 1998, in the original principal amount of $2,475,000, by G&L Hoquiam, LLC in favor of GMAC Commercial Mortgage Corporation   S-1   333-142897     10 .25   07/26/07    
  10 .35   Loan Assumption Agreement, by and among G&L Hoquiam, LLC as Prior Owner; G&L Realty Partnership, L.P. as Prior Guarantor; Cherry Health Holdings, Inc. as Borrower; and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., the Trustee for GMAC Commercial Mortgage Securities, Inc., as Lender   S-1   333-142897     10 .26   05/14/07    
  10 .36   Exceptions to Nonrecourse Guaranty, dated as of October 2006, by The Ensign Group, Inc. as Guarantor and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as Trustee for GMAC Commercial Mortgage Securities, Inc., under which Guarantor guarantees full and prompt payment of all amounts due and owing by Cherry Health Holdings, Inc. under the Promissory Note   S-1   333-142897     10 .22   07/26/07    


119


Table of Contents

(c) Exhibit Index
 
                                 
                Exhibit
  Filing
  Filed
Exhibit No.
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
No.
 
Date
 
Herewith
 
  10 .37   Deed of Trust with Assignment of Rents, dated as of January 30, 2001, by and among Ensign Southland LLC as Trustor, Brian E. Callahan as Trustee and Continental Wingate Associates, Inc. as Beneficiary   S-1   333-142897     10 .27   07/26/07    
  10 .38   Deed of Trust Note, dated as of January 30, 2001, in the original principal amount of $7,455,100, by Ensign Southland, LLC in favor of Continental Wingate Associates, Inc.    S-1   333-142897     10 .28   05/14/07    
  10 .39   Security Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2001, by and between Ensign Southland, LLC and Continental Wingate Associates, Inc.    S-1   333-142897     10 .29   05/14/07    
  10 .40   Master Lease Agreement, dated July 3, 2003, between Adipiscor LLC as Lessee and LTC Partners VI, L.P., Coronado Corporation and Park Villa Corporation collectively as Lessor   S-1   333-142897     10 .30   05/14/07    
  10 .41   Lease Guaranty, dated July 3, 2003, between The Ensign Group, Inc. as Guarantor and LTC Partners VI, L.P., Coronado Corporation and Park Villa Corporation collectively as Lessor, under which Guarantor guarantees the payment and performance of Adipiscor LLC’s obligations under the Master Lease Agreement   S-1   333-142897     10 .31   05/14/07    
  10 .42   Master Lease Agreement, dated September 30, 2003, between Permunitum LLC as Lessee, Vista Woods Health Associates LLC, City Heights Health Associates LLC, and Claremont Foothills Health Associates LLC as Sublessees, and OHI Asset (CA), LLC as Lessor   S-1   333-142897     10 .32   05/14/07    
  10 .43   Lease Guaranty, dated September 30, 2003, between The Ensign Group, Inc. as Guarantor and OHI Asset (CA), LLC as Lessor, under which Guarantor guarantees the payment and performance of Permunitum LLC’s obligations under the Master Lease Agreement   S-1   333-142897     10 .33   05/14/07    
  10 .44   Lease Guaranty, dated September 30, 2003, between Vista Woods Health Associates LLC, City Heights Health Associates LLC and Claremont Foothills Health Associates LLC as Guarantors and OHI Asset (CA), LLC as Lessor, under which Guarantors guarantee the payment and performance of Permunitum LLC’s obligations under the Master Lease Agreement   S-1   333-142897     10 .34   05/14/07    
  10 .46   Master Lease Agreement, dated January 31, 2003, between Moenium Holdings LLC as Lessee and Healthcare Property Investors, Inc., d/b/a in the State of Arizona as HC Properties, Inc., and Healthcare Investors III collectively as Lessor   S-1   333-142897     10 .35   05/14/07    


120


Table of Contents

(c) Exhibit Index
 
                                 
                Exhibit
  Filing
  Filed
Exhibit No.
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
No.
 
Date
 
Herewith
 
  10 .47   Lease Guaranty, between The Ensign Group, Inc. as Guarantor and Healthcare Property Investors, Inc. as Owner, under which Guarantor guarantees the payment and performance of Moenium Holdings LLC’s obligations under the Master Lease Agreement   S-1   333-142897     10 .36   05/14/07    
  10 .48   First Amendment to Master Lease Agreement, dated May 27, 2003, between Moenium Holdings LLC as Lessee and Healthcare Property Investors, Inc., d/b/a in the State of Arizona as HC Properties, Inc., and Healthcare Investors III collectively as Lessor   S-1   333-142897     10 .37   05/14/07    
  10 .49   Second Amendment to Master Lease Agreement, dated October 31. 2004, between Moenium Holdings LLC as Lessee and Healthcare Property Investors, Inc., d/b/a in the State of Arizona as HC Properties, Inc., and Healthcare Investors III collectively as Lessor   S-1   333-142897     10 .38   05/14/07    
  10 .50   Lease Agreement, by and between Mission Ridge Associates LLC as Landlord and Ensign Facility Services, Inc. as Tenant; and Guaranty of Lease, dated August 2, 2003, by The Ensign Group, Inc. as Guarantor in favor of Landlord, under which Guarantor guarantees Tenant’s obligations under the Lease Agreement   S-1   333-142897     10 .39   05/14/07    
  10 .51   First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated January 15, 2004, by and between Mission Ridge Associates LLC as Landlord and Ensign Facility Services, Inc. as Tenant    S-1   333-142897     10 .40   05/14/07    
  10 .52   Second Amendment to Lease Agreement dated December 13, 2007, by and between Mission Ridge Associates LLC as Landlord and Ensign Facility Services, Inc. as Tenant; and Reaffirmation of Guaranty of Lease, dated December 13, 2007, by The Ensign Group, Inc. as Guarantor in favor of Landlord, under which Guarantor reaffirms its guaranty of Tenants obligations under the Lease Agreement                       X
  10 .53   Form of Independent Consulting and Centralized Services Agreement between Ensign Facility Services, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries   S-1   333-142897     10 .41   05/14/07    
  10 .54   Agreement of Purchase and Sale and Joint Escrow Instructions, dated August 31, 2007, as amended on September 6, 2007   S-1   333-142897     10 .45   10/05/07    
  10 .55   Form of Health Insurance Benefit Agreement pursuant to which certain subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc. participate in the Medicare program   S-1   333-142897     10 .48   10/19/07    
  10 .56   Form of Medi-Cal Provider Agreement pursuant to which certain subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc. participate in the California Medicaid program   S-1   333-142897     10 .49   10/19/07    


121


Table of Contents

(c) Exhibit Index
 
                                 
                Exhibit
  Filing
  Filed
Exhibit No.
 
Exhibit Description
 
Form
 
File No.
 
No.
 
Date
 
Herewith
 
  10 .57   Form of Provider Participation Agreement pursuant to which certain subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc. participate in the Arizona Medicaid program   S-1   333-142897     10 .50   10/19/07    
  10 .58   Form of Contract to Provide Nursing Facility Services under the Texas Medical Assistance Program pursuant to which certain subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc. participate in the Texas Medicaid program   S-1   333-142897     10 .51   10/19/07    
  10 .59   Form of Client Service Contract pursuant to which certain subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc. participate in the Washington Medicaid program   S-1   333-142897     10 .52   10/19/07    
  10 .60   Form of Provider Agreement for Medicaid and UMAP pursuant to which certain subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc. participate in the Utah Medicaid program   S-1   333-142897     10 .53   10/19/07    
  10 .61   Form of Medicaid Provider Agreement pursuant to which a subsidiary of The Ensign Group, Inc. participates in the Idaho Medicaid program   S-1   333-142897     10 .54   10/19/07    
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of The Ensign Group, Inc., as amended   S-1   333-142897     21 .1   10/05/07    
  23 .1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP                       X
  31 .1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002                       X
  31 .2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002                       X
  32 .1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002                       X
  32 .2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002                       X
 
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.


122

 

Exhibit 10.4
 
(ENSIGN GROUP)
 
     
Optionee:
  Option Number:
 
   
Address:
  Plan: 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan
 
Notice is hereby given of the following Option Award grant (the “Option”) to purchase shares of the Common Stock of The Ensign Group, Inc. (the “Corporation”):
     
Grant Date:
  Number of Option Shares:
 
   
Type of Option:
  Exercise Price Per Share:
 
V E S T I N G
Vesting Schedule: ___% annually, with the first block vesting on the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Grant Date
Expiration Date: __________________ , or upon earlier termination of the Option
Except as otherwise provided in the Option Agreement, the Option may be exercised for vested Shares by Optionee in accordance with the following schedule:
     
On or after each of   Number of Option Shares
the following dates   vested and exercisable
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
By accepting this Option Award, Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the option rights herein are granted only subject to and in accordance with the terms of (i) the enclosed NON-INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AWARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS (together with this Notice of Grant of Stock Options, the “Option Agreement”), and (ii) THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC. 2007 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN (the “Plan), both of which are incorporated herein by this reference. Option Shares purchased pursuant to this Option Award can only be acquired subject to the terms set forth in the Plan and the Option Agreement, whether said options are purchased electronically or in person. All capitalized terms in this Notice of Grant of Stock Options shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Option Agreement or the Plan.
EXECUTED AND DELIVERED as of the Grant Date set forth above.
         
  The Ensign Group, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:      
    Gregory K. Stapley, Secretary    
       

 


 

         
THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.
NON-INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AWARD
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
     These NON-INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AWARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS are an integral part of the foregoing Notice of Grant of Stock Options (the “ Notice, ” and together with these Terms and Conditions, the “Option Agreement” ) made by The Ensign Group, Inc ., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) to the individual “ Optionee ” named therein. All capitalized terms used herein but not defined in the Option Agreement shall have the meanings given to them in The Ensign Group, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), the terms and conditions of which are incorporated herein by this reference.
     1.  Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants Optionee, on the date such grant was approved by the Committee (the “ Grant Date ”), the option (the “ Option ”) to purchase all or any part of the number of Option Shares set forth in the Notice (the “ Shares ”) of Common Stock of the Company at the exercise price per share set forth in the Notice, according to the terms and conditions set forth in this Option Agreement and in the Plan. The Option will not be treated as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). The Option is issued under the Plan and is subject to its terms and conditions. A copy of the Plan will be furnished upon request of Optionee.
     The Option shall terminate at the close of business on the Expiration Date set forth in the Notice (the “ Expiration Date ”) unless sooner terminated or cancelled in accordance with this Option Agreement or the Plan.
     2.  Vesting of Option Rights .
               (a) Except as otherwise provided in this Option Agreement, the Option may be exercised for vested Shares by Optionee in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Notice.
               (b) During the lifetime of Optionee, the Option shall be exercisable only by Optionee and shall not be assignable or transferable by Optionee, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; provided however, that Optionee may transfer the Option to any “ Family Member ” (as such term is defined in the General Instructions to Form S-8 (or any successor to such Instructions or such Form) under the Securities Act), provided that the Participant may not receive any consideration for such transfer, the Family Member may not make any subsequent transfers other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and the Company receives written notice of such transfer.
     3.  Exercise of Option after Death or Termination of Service . The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised if Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company or its affiliates, except that:

Page 2 of 5


 

               (a) If Optionee’s Service shall be terminated for any reason, voluntary or involuntary, other than for “ Cause ” (as defined in Section 3(e)) or Optionee’s death or disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), Optionee may at any time within a period of 3 months after such termination exercise the Option to the extent the Option was vested and exercisable by Optionee on the date of the termination of Optionee’s Service.
               (b) If Optionee’s Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall be terminated as of the date of the act giving rise to such termination.
               (c) If Optionee shall die while the Option is still exercisable according to its terms or if Optionee’s Service is terminated because Optionee has become disabled (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) while providing Service to the Company and Optionee shall not have fully exercised the Option, such Option may be exercised at any time within 12 months after Optionee’s death or date of termination of Service for disability by Optionee, personal representatives or administrators or guardians of Optionee as applicable, or by any person or persons to whom the Option is transferred by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution, to the extent of the full number of Shares Optionee was entitled to purchase under the Option on (i) the earlier of the date of death or termination of Service or (ii) the date of termination for such disability, as applicable.
               (d) Notwithstanding the above, in no case may the Option be exercised to any extent by anyone after the Expiration Date.
               (e) “ Cause ” shall mean (i) the willful and continued failure by Optionee substantially to perform his or her duties and obligations (other than any such failure resulting from his or her incapacity due to physical or mental illness), (ii) Optionee’s conviction or plea bargain of any felony or gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, fraud or misappropriation of funds, or (iii) the willful engaging by Optionee in misconduct which causes substantial injury to the Company or its affiliates, its other employees or the employees of its affiliates or its clients or the clients of its affiliates, whether monetarily or otherwise. For purposes of this paragraph, no action or failure to act on Optionee’s part shall be considered “ willful ” unless done or omitted to be done, by Optionee in bad faith and without reasonable belief that his or her action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. However, if the term or concept has been defined in an employment agreement between the Company and Optionee, then Cause shall have the definition set forth in such employment agreement. The foregoing definition shall not in any way preclude or restrict the right of the Company (or any Affiliate) to discharge or dismiss Optionee or other person providing Service to the Company (or any Affiliate) for any other acts or omissions but such other acts or omissions shall not be deemed, for purposes of this Option Agreement, to constitute grounds for termination for Cause.
     4. Method of Exercise of Option . Subject to the foregoing, the Option may be exercised in whole or in part from time to time by serving written notice of exercise on the Company at its principal office or the Company’s designated agent for such purposes, within the Option period. The notice shall state the number of Shares as to which the Option is being exercised and shall be accompanied by payment of the exercise price. Payment of the exercise price shall be made (i) in cash (including bank check, valid personal check or money order payable to the Company), or (ii) with the approval of the Company (which may be given in its sole discretion), by delivering to the Company for cancellation shares of the Company’s Common Stock already owned by Optionee having a Fair Market Value (as defined in the Plan) equal to the full exercise price of the Shares being acquired. Only that portion of the Option covering vested Option Shares is exercisable at any time. Subject to Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the extent this Option is exercised for vested Shares, the Option may be exercised in whole or in part from time to time through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which Optionee shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions (1) to Optionee’s brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased Shares and remit to the Company, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased Shares plus all applicable income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Company by reason of such exercise, and (2) to the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased Shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale.

Page 3 of 5


 

     5.  Miscellaneous .
               (a)  Plan Provisions Control . The Option award memorialized in this Option Agreement is made solely upon the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan and any related documents. The Option Agreement and the Plan together constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. In the event that any provision of the Option Agreement conflicts with or is inconsistent in any respect with the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.
               (b)  No Rights of Stockholders . Neither Optionee, Optionee’s legal representative nor a permissible assignee of this Option shall have any of the rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Shares, unless and until such Shares have been issued in the name of Optionee, Optionee’s legal representative or permissible assignee, as applicable.
               (c)  No Right to Employment . The grant of the Option shall not be construed as giving Optionee the right to be retained in the employ of, or as giving a director of the Company or an Affiliate (as defined in the Plan) the right to continue as a director of the Company or an Affiliate with, the Company or an Affiliate, nor will it affect in any way the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate such employment or position at any time, with or without cause. In addition, the Company or an Affiliate may at any time dismiss Optionee from employment, or terminate the term of a director of the Company or an Affiliate, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan or the Option Agreement. Nothing in the Option Agreement shall confer on any person any legal or equitable right against the Company or any Affiliate, directly or indirectly, or give rise to any cause of action at law or in equity against the Company or an Affiliate. The Option granted hereunder shall not form any part of the wages or salary of Optionee for purposes of severance pay or termination indemnities, irrespective of the reason for termination of employment. Under no circumstances shall any person ceasing to be an employee of the Company or any Affiliate be entitled to any compensation for any loss of any right or benefit under the Option Agreement or Plan which such employee might otherwise have enjoyed but for termination of employment, whether such compensation is claimed by way of damages for wrongful or unfair dismissal, breach of contract or otherwise. By participating in the Plan, Optionee shall be deemed to have accepted all the conditions of the Plan and the Option Agreement and the terms and conditions of any rules and regulations adopted by the Committee and shall be fully bound thereby .
               (d)  Governing Law . The validity, construction and effect of the Plan and the Option Agreement, and any rules and regulations relating to the Plan and the Option Agreement, shall be determined in accordance with the internal laws, and not the law of conflicts, of the State of Delaware.
               (e)  Severability . If any provision of the Option Agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or would disqualify the Option Agreement under any law deemed applicable by the Committee (as defined in the Plan), such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the purpose or intent of the Plan or the Option Agreement, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction or the Option Agreement, and the remainder of the Option Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
               (f)  No Trust or Fund Created . Neither the Plan nor the Option Agreement shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Affiliate and Optionee or any other person.
               (g)  Headings . Headings are given to the Sections and subsections of the Option Agreement solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Option Agreement or any provision thereof.

Page 4 of 5


 

               (h)  Conditions Precedent to Issuance of Shares . Shares shall not be issued, and the Company shall not have any liability for failure to issue Shares, pursuant to the exercise of the Option unless such exercise and the issuance and delivery of the applicable Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the requirements of any applicable Stock Exchange and the Delaware General Corporation Law. As a condition to the exercise of the purchase price relating to the Option, the Company may require that the person exercising or paying the purchase price represent and warrant that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation and warranty is required by law.
               (i)  Withholding . In order to provide the Company with the opportunity to claim the benefit of any income tax deduction which may be available to it upon the exercise of the Option and in order to comply with all applicable federal or state income tax laws or regulations, the Company may take such action as it deems appropriate to insure that, if necessary, all applicable federal or state payroll, withholding, income or other taxes are withheld or collected from Optionee.
               (j)  Consultation With Professional Tax and Investment Advisors . The holder of this Option Agreement acknowledges that the grant, exercise, vesting or any payment with respect to this Option Agreement, and the sale or other taxable disposition of the Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise thereof, may have tax consequences pursuant to the Code or under local, state or international tax laws. The holder further acknowledges that such holder is relying solely and exclusively on the holder’s own professional tax and investment advisors with respect to any and all such matters (and is not relying, in any manner, on the Company or any of its employees or representatives). Finally, the holder understands and agrees that any and all tax consequences resulting from the Option Agreement and its grant, exercise, vesting or any payment with respect thereto, and the sale or other taxable disposition of the Shares acquired pursuant to the Plan, is solely and exclusively the responsibility of the holder without any expectation or understanding that the Company or any of its employees or representatives will pay or reimburse such holder for such taxes or other items.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT BLANK]

Page 5 of 5

 

Exhibit 10.52
SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE
(Mission Ridge)
     THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“ Second Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of the 13 th day of December, 2007, by and between MISSION RIDGE ASSOCIATES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and ENSIGN FACILITY SERVICES, INC., a Nevada corporation (“ Tenant ”).
R E C I T A L S :
     A. Landlord and Tenant, entered into that certain Office Lease dated as of August 28, 2003 (the “ Lease ”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated January 15, 2004, whereby Landlord leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord certain office space located in that certain building located and addressed at 27101 Puerta Real, Mission Viejo, California 92691 (the “ Building ”).
     B. By this Second Amendment, Landlord and Tenant desire to expand the Premises and to otherwise modify the Lease as provided herein.
     C. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms as used herein shall have the same meanings as given thereto in the Lease.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
A G R E E M E N T :
     1.  The Premises . Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that pursuant to the Lease, Landlord currently leases to Tenant and Tenant currently leases from Landlord that certain office space in the Building containing 15,920 rentable (14,242 usable) square feet located on the fourth (4 th ) floor of the Building and commonly known as Suite 450 (the “ Original Premises ”), as further described in the Lease.
     2.  Expansion of the Premises . Effective as of the Expansion Effective Date (defined below), the “Premises”, as defined in the Lease, is increased to approximately 20,719 rentable square feet on the fourth (4 th ) floor of the Building by the addition of space containing approximately 4,799 rentable (4,280 usable) square feet described as Suite Nos. 460 and 470 on the fourth (4 th ) floor of the Building as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Expansion Space ”). From and after the Expansion Effective Date, the Original Premises and the Expansion Space, collectively, shall be deemed the Premises, as defined in the Lease and as used herein. The Lease Term for the Expansion Space shall commence on the Expansion Effective Date and end on the Lease Expiration Date. The Expansion Space is subject to all the terms and conditions of the Lease except as expressly modified herein and except that Tenant shall not be entitled to receive any allowances, abatements or other financial concessions granted with respect to the Original Premises unless such concessions are expressly provided for herein with respect to the Expansion Space.
  2.1   The Expansion Effective Date shall be the later to occur of (i) January 1, 2008 (“ Target Expansion Effective Date ”), and (ii) the date upon which the Tenant Improvements (as

 


 

      defined in the “ Tenant Work Letter ” attached as Exhibit B hereto) in the Expansion Space have been substantially completed; provided, however, that if Landlord shall be delayed in substantially completing the Tenant Improvements in the Expansion Space as a result of the occurrence of a Tenant Delay (defined below), then, for purposes of determining the Expansion Effective Date, the date of substantial completion shall be deemed to be the day that said Tenant Improvements would have been substantially completed absent any such Tenant Delay(s). A “ Tenant Delay ” means any act or omission of Tenant or its agents, employees, vendors or contractors that actually delays substantial completion of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, the following:
  2.1.1   Tenant’s failure to furnish information or approvals within any time period specified in the Lease or this Second Amendment, including the failure to prepare or approve preliminary or final plans by any applicable due date;
 
  2.1.2   Tenant’s selection of equipment or materials that have long lead times after first being informed by Landlord that the selection may result in a delay;
 
  2.1.3   Changes requested or made by Tenant to previously approved plans and specifications;
 
  2.1.4   The performance of work in the Expansion Space by Tenant or Tenant’s contractor(s) during the performance of the Tenant Improvements; or
 
  2.1.5   If the performance of any portion of the Tenant Improvements depends on the prior or simultaneous performance of work by Tenant, a delay by Tenant or Tenant’s contractor(s) in the completion of such work.
      The Expansion Space shall be deemed to be substantially completed on the date that Landlord reasonably determines that all Tenant Improvements have been performed (or would have been performed absent any Tenant Delays), other than any details of construction, mechanical adjustment or any other matter, the noncompletion of which does not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Expansion Space. The adjustment of the Expansion Effective Date and, accordingly, the postponement of Tenant’s obligation to pay rent on the Expansion Space shall be Tenant’s sole remedy and shall constitute full settlement of all claims that Tenant might otherwise have against Landlord by reason of the Expansion Space not being ready for occupancy by Tenant on the Target Expansion Effective Date.
 
  2.2   In addition to the postponement, if any, of the Expansion Effective Date as a result of the applicability of Section 2.1 of this Second Amendment, the Expansion Effective Date shall be delayed to the extent that Landlord fails to deliver possession of the Expansion Space for any other reason (other than Tenant Delays), including but not limited to, holding over by prior occupants. Any such delay in the Expansion Effective Date shall not subject Landlord to any liability for any loss or damage resulting therefrom. If the Expansion Effective Date is delayed, the Lease Expiration Date shall not be similarly extended.
     3.  Monthly Base Rent . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, as of the Expansion Effective Date, Tenant shall pay, in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 (but subject to Section 4 below), monthly Base Rent for the Expansion Space as follows:

2


 

                 
            Monthly Base Rent Per
            Rentable Square Foot
Months   Monthly Base Rent   of Premises
Expansion Effective Date -12
  $ 14,157.05     $ 2.95  
13-Lease Expiration Date
  $ 14,588.96     $ 3.04  
     Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the foregoing schedule is based on the assumption that the Expansion Effective Date is the Target Expansion Effective Date. If the Expansion Effective Date is other than the Target Expansion Effective Date, the schedule set forth above with respect to the payment of any installment(s) of monthly Base Rent for the Expansion Space shall be appropriately adjusted on a per diem basis to reflect the actual Expansion Effective Date, and the actual Expansion Effective Date shall be set forth in a confirmation letter to be prepared by Landlord.
     4.  Base Rent Abatement. Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary and provided that the Tenant faithfully performs all of the terms and conditions of the Lease (as modified by this Second Amendment), Landlord hereby agrees to abate Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s monthly Base Rent for the first (1 st ) full month following the Expansion Effective Date. During such abatement period, Tenant shall still be responsible for the payment of all other monetary obligations under the Lease (as modified by this Second Amendment). In the event of a default by Tenant under the terms of the Lease (as modified by this Second Amendment) that results in early termination pursuant to the provisions of Article 19 of the Lease, then as a part of the recovery set forth in Article 19 of the Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to the recovery of the monthly Base Rent that was abated under the provisions of this Section 4.
     5.  Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses and Utilities Costs; Base Year. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, for the period commencing with the Expansion Effective Date and ending on the Lease Expiration Date, Tenant’s Share for the Expansion Space is 4.14%. Tenant’s Share for the Expansion Space and the Original Premises is, collectively, 17.86%. The Expense Base Year and the Utilities Base Year for the Expansion Space shall be the calendar year of 2008.
     6.  Parking. In addition to the parking passes to which Tenant is entitled under the Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to four (4) parking passes for every 1,000 usable square foot of the Expansion Space. Tenant’s use of such parking passes shall be in accordance with, and subject to, all provision of Article 23 of the Original Lease. In addition, Tenant shall be responsible at all times for the full amount of any taxes imposed by any governmental authority in connection with the rental of such parking passes by Tenant or the use of the parking facilities by Tenant.
     7.  Improvements to the Expansion Space . Tenant hereby agrees to accept the Expansion Space in its “AS-IS” condition. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Expansion Space, except as may be expressly provided otherwise in this Second Amendment. Landlord shall perform improvements to the Expansion Space in accordance with the terms of Exhibit B attached hereto. Tenant also acknowledges that Landlord has made no representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Expansion Space.
     8.  Brokers . Each party represents and warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker, agent or finder in connection with the Expansion Space except for the Staubach Company (“ Broker ”) with this Second Amendment. Tenant further represents and warrants to Landlord that

3


 

Tenant will not receive (i) any portion of any potential brokerage commission or finder’s fee payable to Broker in connection with this lease or (ii) any other form of compensation or incentive from Broker with respect to this Second Amendment. Broker will receive a commission from Landlord, should an amendment be fully executed by Landlord and Tenant, equal to four (4%) percent of the total lease consideration. Each party further agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the other party from and against any claim for commission or finder’s fee by any entity (other than Broker and the Grubb & Ellis Company) who claims or alleges that they were retained or engaged by the first party or at the request of such party in connection with this Second Amendment.
     9.  Defaults . Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that, as of the date of this Second Amendment, Tenant is in full compliance with all terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease and that there are no breaches or defaults under the Lease by Landlord or Tenant, and that Tenant knows of no events or circumstances which, given the passage of time, would constitute a default under the Lease by either Landlord or Tenant.
     10.  Signing Authority . Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in the State of California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Second Amendment and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so. Tenant hereby represents and warrants that neither Tenant, nor any persons or entities holding any legal or beneficial interest whatsoever in Tenant, are (i) the target of any sanctions program that is established by Executive Order of the President or published by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Department of the Treasury (“ OFAC ”); (ii) designated by the President or OFAC pursuant to the Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. § 5, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §§ 1701-06, the Patriot Act, Public Law 107-56, Executive Order 13224 (September 23, 2001) or any Executive Order of the President issued pursuant to such statutes; or (iii) named on the following list that is published by OFAC: “List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons.” If the foregoing representation is untrue at any time during the Extended Lease Term, a default under the Lease will be deemed to have occurred, without the necessity of notice to Tenant.
     11.  Guaranty. At Landlord’s option, this Second Amendment shall be of no force and effect unless and until accepted in writing by any guarantors of the Lease, who by signing that certain Reaffirmation of Guaranty of Lease, dated on or about the date hereof, shall agree that their guaranty shall apply to the Lease as amended herein, unless such requirement is waived by Landlord in writing.
     12.  No Further Modification . Except as set forth in this Second Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.
     13.  ERISA . To satisfy compliance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord and The Prudential Insurance Company of America, a New Jersey corporation (“ Prudential ”), that:
               (a) Tenant is not an “employee benefit plan” (as that term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA); and
               (b) Tenant is not acquiring an interest in the Expansion Space as a plan asset subject to ERISA but for Tenant’s own investment account; and
               (c) Tenant is not an “affiliate” of Prudential as defined in Section IV(b) of PTE 90-1;

4


 

               (d) Tenant is not a “party in interest” (as that term is defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA) to the Virginia Retirement System; and
               (e) Tenant agrees to keep the identity of the Virginia Retirement System confidential, except to the extent that Tenant may be required to disclose such information as a result of (i) legal process, or (ii) compliance with ERISA or other Laws governing Tenant’s operations.
     14.  Limitation of Liability. Redress for any claim against Landlord under the Lease and this Second Amendment shall be limited to and enforceable only against and to the extent of Landlord’s interest in the Building. The obligations of Landlord under the Lease are not intended to and shall not be personally binding on, nor shall any resort be had to the private properties of, any of its trustees or board of directors and officers, as the case may be, its investment manager, the general partners thereof, or any beneficiaries, stockholders, employees, or agents of Landlord or the investment manager.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Second Amendment has been executed as of the day and year first above written.
                     
“Landlord”:   MISSION RIDGE ASSOCIATES LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
 
               
    By:   Legacy Partners Commercial, L.P.,
a California limited partnership,
as Manager and Agent for Owner
   
 
               
        By:   Legacy Partners Commercial, Inc.,
General Partner
 
               
 
          By:   /s/ Debra Smith
 
               
 
              Debra Smith
 
          Its:   Executive Vice President
                 
“Tenant”:   ENSIGN FACILITY SERVICES, INC., a Nevada corporation
 
               
    By:   /s/ Christopher R. Christensen    
             
 
      Name:   Christopher R. Christensen    
 
               
 
      Its:   President & CEO    
 
               
 
               

5


 

EXHIBIT A — OUTLINE AND LOCATION OF EXPANSION SPACE
attached to and made a part of the Amendment dated as of December 13, 2007, between
MISSION RIDGE ASSOCIATES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and
ENSIGN FACILITY SERVICES, INC., a Nevada corporation (“Tenant”)
     This Exhibit A is intended only to show the general layout of the Expansion Space as of the beginning of Expansion Effective Date. It does not in any way supersede any of Landlord’s rights set forth in the Lease with respect to arrangements and/or locations of public parts of the Building and changes in such arrangements and/or locations. It is not to be scaled; any measurements or distances shown should be taken as approximate.

A-1


 

EXHIBIT B — TENANT WORK LETTER
attached to and made a part of the Amendment dated as of December 13, 2007, between
MISSION RIDGE ASSOCIATES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and
ENSIGN FACILITY SERVICES, INC., a Nevada corporation (“Tenant”)
     As used in this Exhibit B , the “Premises” shall be deemed to mean the Expansion Space, as defined in the Second Amendment to which this Exhibit B is attached.
1. Landlord shall perform improvements to the Premises substantially in accordance with the plans prepared by Hattox Design Group, dated ___, and attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 (the “ Plans ”). The improvements to be performed by Landlord in accordance with the Plans are hereinafter referred to as the “Tenant Improvements.” It is agreed that construction of the Tenant Improvements will be completed at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (subject to the terms of Section 2 below) using Building standard methods, materials and finishes. Landlord shall enter into a direct contract for the Tenant Improvements with a general contractor selected by Landlord. In addition, Landlord shall have the right to select and/or approve of any subcontractors used in connection with the Tenant Improvements. Landlord’s supervision or performance of any work for or on behalf of Tenant shall not be deemed a representation by Landlord that such Plans or the revisions thereto comply with applicable insurance requirements, building codes, ordinances, laws or regulations, or that the improvements constructed in accordance with the Plans and any revisions thereto will be adequate for Tenant’s use, it being agreed that Tenant shall be responsible for all elements of the design of Tenant’s Plans (including, without limitation, compliance with law, functionality of design, the structural integrity of the design, the configuration of the Premises and the placement of Tenant’s furniture, appliances and equipment).
2. If Tenant shall request any revisions to the Plans, Landlord shall have such revisions prepared at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of preparing any such revisions to the Plans, plus any applicable state sales or use tax thereon, upon demand. Promptly upon completion of the revisions, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of the increased cost in the Tenant Improvements, if any, resulting from such revisions to the Plans. Tenant, within one business day, shall notify Landlord in writing whether it desires to proceed with such revisions. In the absence of such written authorization, Landlord shall have the option to continue work on the Premises disregarding the requested revision. Tenant shall be responsible for any Tenant Delay in completion of the Premises resulting from any revision to the Plans. If such revisions result in an increase in the cost of Tenant Improvements, such increased costs, plus any applicable state sales or use tax thereon, shall be payable by Tenant upon demand. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, all revisions to the Plans shall be subject to the approval of Landlord.
3. These Exhibits B and B-1 shall not be deemed applicable to any additional space, other than the Expansion Space contemplated by this Amendment, added to the Premises at any time or from time to time, whether by any options under the Lease, as amended hereby, or otherwise, or to any portion of the original Premises or any additions to the Premises in the event of a renewal or extension of the original Term of the Lease, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise, unless expressly so provided in the Lease or any amendment or supplement to the Lease.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

B-1


 

EXHIBIT B-1 — PLANS
attached to and made a part of the Amendment dated as of December 13, 2007, between
MISSION RIDGE ASSOCIATES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and
ENSIGN FACILITY SERVICES, INC., a Nevada corporation (“Tenant”)

B-2


 

REAFFIRMATION OF
GUARANTY OF LEASE
     THIS REAFFIRMATION OF GUARANTY OF LEASE dated as of December 13, 2007 is made by The Ensign Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Guarantor”) with respect to that certain Guaranty of Lease dated as of August 29, 2003 (the “Guaranty”) by Guarantor in favor of MISSION RIDGE ASSOCIATES LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Lessor”) with respect to that certain Lease Agreement dated August 28, 2003 by and between Mission as “Lessor” and ENSIGN FACILITY SERVICES, INC., a Nevada corporation (“Lessee”), as Lessee (as the same may have been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Lease”), covering certain office space located in Mission Viejo, California, as more particularly described in the Lease.
RECITALS
     WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee desire to amend the Lease upon certain terms and conditions more fully set forth in that certain Second Amendment to Lease of even date herewith (the “Amendment”); and
WHEREAS, the Amendment is not effective until Guarantor reaffirms the Guaranty;
     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which the Guarantor hereby acknowledges, Guarantor hereby agrees:
REAFFIRMATION
     AS A MATERIAL and necessary inducement to Lessor to fulfill its obligations with respect to the Amendment, Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably reaffirms the Guaranty on the same terms and conditions as set forth therein and confirms that Guarantor’s obligations under the Guaranty shall and do extend to Lessee’s obligations under the Amendment, including but not limited to the payment of rent and all other sums now or hereafter becoming due or payable under the Lease, as amended by the Amendment.
     EXECUTED as of this 13 th day of December, 2007.
         
  THE ENSIGN GROUP, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
 
 
  By:   /s/ Alan J. Norman    
    Alan J. Norman    
    Chief Financial Officer   
 
         
     
  By:   /s/ Gregory K. Stapley    
    Gregory K. Stapley    
    Vice President   
 

 

Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-148379 on Form S-8 of our report dated March 3, 2008, relating to the consolidated financial statements and the related financial statement schedule of The Ensign Group, Inc. and subsidiaries, which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the consolidated financial statements and the related financial statement schedule and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to the adoption of the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004) Share-Based Payment in 2006, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of The Ensign Group, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2007.
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Costa Mesa, California
March 3, 2008

 

(c) Exhibit Index
 
EXHIBIT 31.1
 
I, Christopher R. Christensen, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of The Ensign Group, Inc.;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:
 
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
(b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
(c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
Date: March 6, 2008
 
/s/ Christopher R. Christensen
Name:     Christopher R. Christensen
  Title:  Chief Executive Officer

 

(c) Exhibit Index
 
EXHIBIT 31.2
 
I, Alan J. Norman, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of The Ensign Group, Inc.;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:
 
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
(b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
(c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
Date: March 6, 2008
 
/s/ Alan J. Norman
Name:     Alan J. Norman
  Title:  Chief Financial Officer

 

(c) Exhibit Index
 
EXHIBIT 32.1
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. §1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the Annual Report of The Ensign Group, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Christopher R. Christensen, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:
 
1.  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
2.  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
/s/ Christopher R. Christensen
Christopher R. Christensen
Chief Executive Officer
March 6, 2008
 
A signed original of this written statement required by 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

(c) Exhibit Index
 
EXHIBIT 32.2
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. §1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the Annual Report of The Ensign Group, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Alan J. Norman, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:
 
1.  The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
2.  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
/s/ Alan J. Norman
Alan J. Norman,
Chief Financial Officer
March 6, 2008
 
A signed original of this written statement required by 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.